New Titles 2013

New Titles January June 2013
Ashgate | Gower | Lund Humphries
ASHGATE
www.ashgate.com
About this Catalogue

Welcome to the Ashgate New Titles Catalogue for January June 2013. Inside you will find details of new and forthcoming books from Ashgate, plus titles from the following Ashgate imprints: Gower Lund Humphries Variorum
Trade Customers The inside back cover of this catalogue provides details of our representatives and agents across the world. If you require any additional material or information, please contact your local representative. Book orders should be addressed to: Bookpoint Limited, Ashgate Publishing Direct Sales, 130 Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 4SE, UK Trade Sales UK Tel: 01235 400580 Trade Sales UK Fax: 01235 400500 Trade Sales Export Tel: +44 (0)1235 400573 Trade Sales Export Fax: +44 (0)1235 400530 Email: ashgate@bookpoint.co.uk ebooks Over 3000 Ashgate and Gower titles are now available as ebooks. Titles in this catalogue available as ebooks show an ebook ISBN. We do not sell ebooks directly, however, there are several easy to use purchase options available to libraries and individuals. Visit www.ashgate.com/ebooks for moreinformation. Print-on-demand (POD) Print-on-demand technology enables us to keep more of our books in print for longer. All our POD books are printed individually to order, and we pride ourselves on their production quality. Is there an out-of-print Ashgate book that you would like to see available again? If so, please emailus. pod@ashgatepublishing.com Librarians You can find details of our latest reference and reprint collections within each subject area. To find out more about our reference titles contact: Sarah Stilwell, Promotion Manager sstilwell@ashgatepublishing.com Rights If you have a query on the availability of rights for titles featured in this catalogue, please contact: Keith Towndrow, Rights Executive ktowndrow@ashgatepublishing.com
Cover illustration: The Ray, Bedales School Magazine, 1928, childhood watercolour, by Julian Trevelyan. Trevelyan Family Archive
Catalogues 2013
Ashgate, Gower and Lund Humphries also produce a range of subject based catalogues in the following areas: Architecture, Art History & Visual Studies, Aviation, Early Modern History, Modern History, Gower Business & Management, Human Factors, Human Geography, Information & Cultural Management, Law & Legal Studies, Literary Studies, Lund Humphries (Fine Art), MedievalStudies, Music Studies, Politics & International Relations, Religion & Theology, Sociology, Social Policy & Social Work and Variorum Collected Studies. If you would like to receive specific subject catalogues, please email your request to: info@ashgatepublishing.com or go online: www.ashgate.com
Electronic Data Supply

We can provide information electronically on our titles direct to our customers. Information can be supplied in a variety of formats such as Excel and .csv, via e-mail, CD-Rom or via FTP . We can send details of all of our titles, titles 6 months in advance, titles as and when delivered or even titles within a given subject only. We can also supply .jpg scans of our jackets for most of our new titles. As well as providing regular title information we can provide you with our New Book Information Sheets in Word format, PDFs of our catalogues and subscription to our e-mail newsletters which provide regular information on new and forthcoming titles. This particular service can be limited to the subject of your choice. If you would like to start receiving electronic information on our titles, please contact: Lindsey OBrien, Sales Executive lobrien@ashgatepublishing.com
Contact Us
At Ashgate we pride ourselves in our product knowledge and our ability to provide information to our customers. Whether it be new book information packs, subject listings, jacket scans or account information our Sales Department is here to help. We are also on hand to discuss any special promotional campaigns our customers may wish to undertake and offer support where we can. If you have a specific query or requirement you would like to discuss, please contact: Karen Marlowe-Norris, Account Manager (UK) kmarlowe-norris@ashgatepublishing.com Nicky Staszkiewicz, Account Manager (Europe & Africa) nstaszkiewicz@ashgatepublishing.com Sharon Heathcote, Account Manager (Asia, Middle East, India Sub-Continent) sheathcote@ashgatepublishing.com
At the time of compilation, prices, publication dates and other details in this catalogue are correct to the best of our knowledge, but are subject to change. Up-to-date information is available by searching for the book on our website.
ASHGATE Head office: Ashgate Publishing Ltd, Wey Court East, Union Road, Farnham, Surrey GU9 7PT UK Tel: +44 (0)1252 736600 Fax: +44 (0)1252 736736 Email: info@ashgatepublishing.com
New Titles Contents
January June 2013
Architecture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Art History and Fine Art (Including Lund Humphries) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Business, Management and Training (Including Gower) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 History (Including Variorum) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Human Factors and Aviation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Human Geography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Information and Cultural Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Law and Legal Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 Literary Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Music Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Philosophy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Politics and International Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Religion and Theology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 Sociology, Social Policy and Social Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 Contacts and Customer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside Back Cover Agents and Distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Inside Back Cover
page
10
page
17
page
21
page
45
This catalogue includes New Titles for January June 2013
Architecture
SERIES
Practical Building Conservation
English Heritage
Since the original series of Practical Building Conservation appeared in 1988, it has become a standard reference for those caring for historic buildings large and small: essential reading for architects, surveyors and building managers, as well as conservators. Ashgate Publishing and English Heritage are now publishing an update to this seminal series. The new series has not only been updated to cover the latest techniques and materials, but has been greatly expanded and copiously illustrated. English Heritage is renowned for its expertise in the conservation of buildings, gardens and archaeological sites, and these books are an accessible distillation of many years of experience. They look in detail at building materials ranging from the ancient to the modern, and are studded throughout with practical advice.
Building Environment
Building Environment, looks at the interaction between building materials and systems and their surroundings, and how this may lead to deterioration. It presents ways of assessing remedial treatments, and includes discussions on occupant health and sustainable retrofitting. May 2013 Hardback 350 pages 978-0-7546-4558-0 65.00
Conservation Basics
Conservation Basics, examines the evolving theories and principles that underpin building conservation in England in the 21st century, and looks at their application in practice. The process of conservation planning for the maintenance and repair of historic buildings and places is described in detail, and is illustrated through case studies. Topics include understanding and assessment, surveys and recording, ecological considerations, planning and managing maintenance and repair programmes, risk management, specifying works, and contract procurement. March 2013 Hardback 384 pages 978-0-7546-4551-1 65.00
Roofing
Roofing, looks at traditional roof coverings used on historic buildings. Many materials and systems have been used to provide roof coverings, and the book provides information about their technological evolution, the processes causing deterioration, and ways of assessing problems and solutions. Repairs, maintenance and conflicts with modern practices are also covered. May 2013 Hardback 350 pages 978-0-7546-4556-6 65.00
www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754645580
Concrete
A great deal of research and literature has been produced on repairing concrete structures, but very little aimed at conserving the character or appearance of historic examples. Concrete, offers guidance as to how that should be done. It includes a brief history of the use of the material and explains the criteria for listing, before assessing decay mechanisms and determining appropriate repair strategies. March 2013 Hardback 320 pages 978-0-7546-4565-8 65.00
Buy the 10-volume set and save money!

May 2013 Set 978-1-4094-0944-1 500.00 www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409409441 Order online at www.ashgate.com and save a further 10%
Earth, Brick and Terracotta

Earth, Brick and Terracotta, deals with fired and unfired clay products. It considers their technological evolution, the processes causing deterioration and how these should be assessed, and the methods used for their repair and maintenance May 2013 Hardback 350 pages 978-0-7546-4553-5 65.00
Titles already published:
Glass and Glazing; Metals; Mortars, Renders and Plaster; Stone; Timber.
Architecture and Urban Form in Kuala Lumpur

Race and Chinese Spaces in a Postcolonial City
Yat Ming Loo, University College London, UK
This book is arguably the first academic book to examine the relationship of Malaysias large Chinese minority with the politics of architecture and urbanism in Kuala Lumpur. It is also one of the few academic books to situate the Chinese diaspora spaces at the centre of the construction of city and nation. By including the spatial contestation of those from the margins and their resistance against the hegemonic state ideology, this book proposes a recuperative urban and architectural history, seeking to revalidate the marginalised spaces of minority community (Chinese spaces in Kuala Lumpur), and re-script them into the narrative of the postcolonial nation-state. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-4597-5 978-1-4094-4598-2 978-1-4094-7299-5 60.00
Contested Spaces: Abortion Clinics, Womens Shelters and Hospitals

Politicizing the Female Body
Lori A. Brown, Syracuse University School of Architecture, USA
This book examines the relationship between space, defined physically, legally and legislatively, and how these factors directly impact the spaces of abortion. It analyses how various political entities shape the physical landscapes of inclusion and exclusion to reproductive healthcare access, and questions what architectures responsibilities are in respect to this spatial conflict. Employing writing, drawing and mapping methodologies, this interdisciplinary project explores restrictions and legislatures which directly influence abortion policy in the US, Mexico and Canada. It questions how these legal rulings produce spatial complexities and why architecture isnt more culturally and spatially engaged with these spaces. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-3741-3 978-1-4094-3742-0 978-1-4724-0430-5 55.00
The Production of Hospice Space

Conceptualising the space of caring and dying
Sarah McGann, Curtin University, Australia
Challenging the widely held notion of as a hospice as a building or a place, this book argues that it should instead be a philosophy of care. It proposes that the positive and negative impact that space can have in the pursuit of an ideal such as hospice care has previously been underestimated. Whether it be a purpose-built hospice, part of a hospital, a nursing home or within the home, a hospice is anchored by space and spatial practices, and these spatial practices are critical for a holistic approach to dying with dignity. Such spatial practices are understood as part of a broad architectural, social, conceptual and theoretical process. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 120 pages 978-1-4094-4579-1 978-1-4094-4580-7 978-1-4724-0205-9 50.00
ASHGATE
Architecture
Time Matter(s): Invention and Re-Imagination in Built Conservation
The Unfinished Drawing and Building of St. Peters, the Vatican
Federica Goffi, Carleton University, Canada
This book fills in a blind spot in current architectural theory and practice, looking into a notion of conservation as a form of invention and imagination, offering the reader a counter-viewpoint to a predominant western understanding that preservation should be a still shot from the past. Through a micro-historical study of a Renaissance concept of restoration, this book provides a theoretical framework to question the issue of change as a possible creative endeavour, when a mnemic building is concerned, entailing conservation of memory within changes. It focuses on Tiberio Alfaranos 1571 ichnography of St. Peters Basilica in the Vatican, into which was woven a complex body of religious, political, architectural and cultural elements. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 240 pages 978-1-4094-4301-8 978-1-4094-4302-5 978-1-4724-0123-6 55.00
SERIES
Ashgate Studies in Architecture
Series Editor: Eamonn Canniffe, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
The discipline of Architecture is undergoing subtle transformation as design awareness permeates our visually dominated culture. Technological change, the search for sustainability and debates around the value of place and meaning of the architectural gesture are aspects which will affect the cities we inhabit. This series seeks to address such topics, both theoretically and in practice, through the publication of high quality original research, written and visual. Topics to be covered include the following: Architectural history and theory and their relationship to the development of the discipline, building conservation, heritage and creative adaptation; The formal and aesthetic values of architectural design, the diversity of its expression of identity, and its representation in other media; The impact of technological innovation on the materialisation of architecture and the questions surrounding environmental sustainability, experimentation and visionary design; The social and psychological context of architectural production, its relationship to occupants, clients and to other creative and professional disciplines, and the political situation in which it is commissioned.
Architecture as a Performing Art

Edited by Marcia Feuerstein, Virginia Tech, USA and Gray Read, Florida International University, USA
This collection of essays reveals a deep alliance between architecture and the performing arts, uncovering its roots in ancient stories, and tracing a continuous tradition of thought that emerges in contemporary practice. With fresh insight, the authors ask how buildings perform with people as partners, rather than how they look as formal compositions. It advances architectural theory, history, and criticism by proposing the lens of performance as a way to engage the multiple roles that buildings can play, without reducing them to functional categories. March 2013 Hardback 224 pages 978-1-4094-4235-6 50.00
The Collaborators: Interactions in the Architectural Design Process

Gilbert Herbert, Israel Institute of Technology, Israel, and Marck Donchin
Illustrated by critical analyses of significant buildings, including examples by such eminent architects as Adler and Sullivan, Erich Mendelsohn, and Louis Kahn, this book examines collaboration in the architectural design process over a period ranging from the mid-19th century to the late 1960s. The examples chosen, located in England, the United States, Israel and South Africa, are of international scope. Ultimately, in five different ways, in five different epochs, and in five different circumstantial and cultural contexts, this book shows how the dialogue between the players in the design process resonates upon the works of architecture that their collaboration engenders. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 210 pages 978-1-4094-5504-2 978-1-4094-5505-9 978-1-4094-7465-4 55.00
Over 3000 Ashgate and Gower titles are now available as ebooks. Titles in this catalogue available as ebooks show an ebook ISBN. We do not sell ebooks directly, however there are several, easy to use, purchase options available to libraries and individuals. Visit ashgate.com/ebooks for more information.
The Architectures of Childhood

Children, Modern Architecture and Reconstruction in Postwar England
Roy Kozlovsky, Northeastern University, USA
Focusing on England between 1935 and 1959, this book examines a selected group of innovative buildings and environments that were designed for children or addressed their needs, such as playgrounds, schools, community centres, hospitals, dwellings and neighbourhoods. It identifies the new aesthetic and spatial order permeating the environments of childhood, based on endowing children with the agency and autonomy to create a self-regulating social order out of their own free will, while rendering their interiority and sociability observable and governable March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 265 pages 978-1-4094-3977-6 978-1-4094-3978-3 978-1-4094-7298-8 65.00
Le Corbusiers Venice Hospital Project

An Investigation into its Structural Formulation
Mahnaz Shah, Cardiff Metropolitan University, UK
In 1964, Le Corbusier was commissioned to design a hospital in the San Giobbe neighbourhood of Venice. While he died the following year and so his design was not built, the two phases of the book that he completed on paper not only show one last late work and the ideas Le Corbusier had about creating spaces of the acutely ill (when he himself was dying), but also they offer surprising insights into his views on urban design and planning by highlight the affinity this project had with the medieval urban configuration of the city of Venice. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 300 pages 978-1-4094-4277-6 978-1-4094-4278-3 978-1-4094-7097-7 65.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
E-mail: ashgate@bookpoint.co.uk
Order online and receive a 10% discount
www.ashgate.com/architecture
Art History and Fine Art

A Century of Israeli Art
First Edition in English Yigal Zalmona
A Century of Israeli Art presents the story of modern Israels visual culture, beginning with the pre-state years of Zionist art in the early 20th century and extending to the present day, as a new generation of Israeli artists rises to international prominence in the 21st century. Zalmona describes the many ways in which Israels art has been influenced by its social and political history, surveying the early days of the Bezalel School, founded in 1906 in the spirit of the Arts and Crafts movement; Land-of-Israel art during an era of nation-building; the pre-eminence of international modernism and Lyrical Abstraction after 1948; social-activist and conceptual art in the 1970s; and the recent embrace of photography and video. Includes 350 colour and 50 b&w illustrations April 2013 Hardback 512 pages 978-1-84822-127-7 45.00
Elisabeth Frink Catalogue Raisonn of Sculpture 194793

Edited by Annette Ratuszniak, with a Foreword by Lin Jammet and contributions by Leo A. Daly, Arie Hartog, Michael Morpurgo and Julian Spalding
Elisabeth Frink (193093) was a leading British sculptor and printmaker whose work is distinguished by her commitment to naturalistic forms and themes. Thisnew edition of the catalogue raisonn of her sculpture documents her complete sculptural output in a single volume for the first time, and includes new texts by a range of critics and writers. Includes 203 colour and 212 b&w illustrations February 2013 Hardback 208 pages 978-1-84822-113-0 100.00
Paul Nash
Landscape and the Life of Objects
Andrew Causey
Paul Nash (18891946) created an individual pathway through English art in the first half of the 20th century, shaping a body of work that recognised the importance of the modern movement and stimulated him to evolve his own English landscape-based Surrealism. Within a narrative that is both chronological and thematic, Andrew Causey, the leading authority on Paul Nash, teases out the character of Nashs vision and unravels his personal mythology. Includes 100 colour and 40 b&w illustrations June 2013 Hardback 168 pages 978-1-84822-096-6 35.00
www.lundhumphries.com/isbn/9781848221130 Published in association with The Frink Estate and Beaux Arts, London
www.lundhumphries.com/isbn/9781848220966
www.lundhumphries.com/isbn/9781848221277 Published in association with The Israel Museum, Jerusalem
Joan Eardley
Christopher Andreae
Joan Eardley (192163) is considered to be one of the most influential Scottish painters of her generation. Her paintings and drawings reflect urban and rural Scotland in an expressive visual language unlike any other artists. This new, highly illustrated survey of her painting does renewed justice to the range, scale and power of her work. Includes 176 colour and 15 b&w illustrations with a colour fold-out April 2013 Hardback 198 pages 978-1-84822-114-7 40.00
Visual Arts and the Law

A Handbook for Professionals
Judith B Prowda
Handbooks in International Art Business
The Art of Jeremy Gardiner

Unfolding Landscape
Wendy Baron, Ian Collins, Peter Davies, Simon Martin, Christiana Payne and William Varley
Providing a comprehensive assessment of Jeremy Gardiners career to date, this monograph, the first of its kind, explains how this distinctive artist has taken the exploratory landscape vision of mid-century St Ives modernists like Ben Nicholson, Peter Lanyon and John Tunnard into a new post-millennial era. Includes 140 colour and 21 b&w illustrations January 2013 Hardback Limited Edition 160 pages 978-1-84822-100-0 978-1-84822-101-7 35.00 300.00
This essential handbook offers art professionals and collectors an accessible legal analysis of important principles in art law, as well as a practical guide to legal rights when creating, buying, selling and collecting art in a global market. Although the book is international in scope, there is a particular focus on the US as a major art centre and the site of countless key international court cases. This authoritative but accessible and wide-ranging volume is essential reading for arts advisors, collectors, dealers, auction houses, museums, investors, artists, attorneys, and students of art and law. Includes 20 colour illustrations June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 240 pages 978-1-84822-086-7 978-1-84822-133-8 978-1-84822-132-1
Julian Trevelyan
Picture Language
Philip Trevelyan
Julian Trevelyan: Picture Language follows the trail of a painters visual language and motivation. The working life of Julian Trevelyan (191088) spanned more than 65 years. In that time he exhibited alongside Picasso, Mir and Dali, was a member of the British Surrealist group, an active participant in the Mass Observation Movement, taught both at Chelsea School of Art and the Royal College of Art, and wrote a number of books. After the Second World War his work was mainly concerned with depicting scenes around his Hammersmith home and the River Thames, where he lived with his wife Mary Fedden, as well as his travels around the world. Philip Trevelyan, Julians son, takes us on a pictorial journey through Julians life and presents here his personal view, offering insights from his researches and first-hand knowledge of life in Trevelyans studio at Durham Wharf in London. Includes 270 colour and 120 b&w illustrations April 2013 Hardback 256 pages 978-1-84822-112-3 40.00
30.00
www.lundhumphries.com/isbn/9781848220867 Published in association with Sothebys Institute of Art
The Bay Area School

Californian Artists from the 1950s and 1960s
Thomas Williams
Tracing the development of Abstract Expressionism and the counter-blast of Figurative art on the West Coast of America during a decisive period, this important publication marks a milestone in the ongoing understanding of the post-war art scene in the United States. Includes 150 colour and 20 b&w illustrations April 2013 Hardback 208 pages 978-1-84822-123-9 35.00
www.lundhumphries.com/isbn/9781848221239 Published in association with Thomas Williams Fine Art
Displaced Visions
Emigr Photographers of the 20th Century
Nissan N. Perez
Displaced Visions reconsiders the work and influence of key figures in modernist photography from the point of view of their status as immigrants, considering how this condition affected their vision and creativity and enhanced the development of the photographic language in general. It features the work of nearly 100 photographers, including Andr Kertesz, Brassai, Bill Brandt, Man Ray, Robert Frank, the New York School photographers, the Photo League Photographers, Lisette Model, Moholy Nagy, Erich Salomon, Weegee, William Klein, Tina Modotti, Inge Morath and many more. It accompanies a major touring exhibition opening at The Israel Museum, Jerusalem in spring 2013. Includes 200 colour illustrations
June 2013 240 pages Hardback 978-1-84822-130-7 40.00 Published in association with The Israel Museum, Jerusalem
LUND HUMPHRIES

The Art and Thought of John La Farge
Picturing Authenticity in Gilded Age America
Katie Kresser, Seattle Pacific University, USA
The Art and Thought of John La Farge: Picturing Authenticity in Gilded Age America offers an unprecedented portrait of one of the most celebrated artists of the Gilded Age and opens a window onto nineteenth-century American culture. The book reveals how the work of John La Farge contributed to a rich philosophical dialogue concerning the trustworthiness of human perception. In his struggle against a common truth of iconic symbols presented by a new mass visual culture, La Farge developed a subversive approach to visual representation that focused attention not on the artwork itself, but on the complex, real encounter of artist, subject and medium from which the artwork came. Includes 8 colour and 52 b&w illustrations March 2013 Hardback 200 pages 978-1-4094-2615-8 55.00
Darwin and Theories of Aesthetics and Cultural History

Edited by Barbara Larson, University of West Florida, USA and Sabine Flach, School of the Visual Arts, USA
Darwin and Theories of Aesthetics and Cultural History is a significant contribution to the fields of theory, Darwin studies, and cultural history. This collection of eight essays is the first volume to address, from the point of view of art and literary historians, Darwins intersections with aesthetic theories and cultural histories from the eighteenth century to the present day. Among the philosophers of art influenced by Darwinian evolution and considered in this collection are Alois Riegl, Ruskin, and Aby Warburg. This stimulating collection ranges in content from essays on the influence of eighteenthcentury aesthetic theory on Darwin and nineteenthcentury debates circulating around beauty to the study of evolutionary models in contemporary art. Includes 20 b&w illustrations January 2013 Hardback 188 pages 978-1-4094-4870-9 55.00
Giorgio Armani
Empire of the Senses
John Potvin, Concordia University, Canada
The first monograph to do so, Giorgio Armani: Empire of the Senses examines the visual, material, phenomenological, spatial, discursive and economic culture of Giorgio Armani and his lifestyle empire. The book explores how Armanis designs and decisions provide a surface on and through which to mediate acts of translation: from East to West; from fashion to art; from one gendered identity to another; and from twodimensional image to three-dimensional object. Includes 183 b&w illustrations January 2013 Hardback 410 pages 978-1-4094-0668-6 70.00
Icons in Time, Persons in Eternity

Orthodox Theology and the Aesthetics of the Christian Image
Cornelia A. Tsakiridou, La Salle University, USA
Icons in Time, Persons in Eternity presents a critical, interdisciplinary examination of contemporary theological and philosophical studies of the Christian image and redefines this within the Orthodox tradition by exploring the ontological and aesthetic implications of Byzantine Orthodox ascetic and mystical theology. It finds Modernist interest in the aesthetic peculiarity of icons significant, and essential for re-evaluating their relationship to nonrepresentational art. The reader will find in these pages reasons to reconcile Modernism with the Christian image and Orthodox tradition with creative form in art. Includes 8 colour plates & 40 b&w illustrations February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 350 pages 978-1-4094-4767-2 978-1-4094-5273-7 978-1-4094-7233-9 65.00
Byzantine Art and Renaissance Europe

Edited by Angeliki Lymberopoulou, Open University, UK, Rembrandt Duits, University of London, UK
Byzantine Art and Renaissance Europe discusses the cultural and artistic interaction between the Byzantine east and western Europe, from the sack of Constantinople by the Fourth Crusade in 1204 to the flourishing of postByzantine artistic workshops on Venetian Crete during the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries and the formation of icon collections in Renaissance Italy. The contributors examine the routes by which artistic interaction may have taken place, and explore the reception of Byzantine art in western Europe, analysing why artists and patrons were interested in ideas from the other side of the cultural and religious divide. The book offers new perspectives and insights and re-positions late- and post- Byzantine art in a broader European cultural context. Includes 16 colour plates and 45 b&w illustrations March 2013 Hardback 230 pages 978-1-4094-2038-5 55.00
Found Sculpture and Photography from Surrealism to Contemporary Art

Edited by Anna Dezeuzem and Julia Kelly, both at the University of Manchester, UK
Ashgate Studies in Surrealism
Taking its name and its departure point from the 1933 Surrealist photographs of Brassa and Dal, Found Sculpture and Photography from Surrealism to Contemporary Art brings a unique Surrealist inflection to the rethinking of the sculptural object. This collection of essays questions the nature of sculptural practice, looking to forms of production and reproduction that blur the boundaries between things that are made and things that are found. Includes 40 b&w illustrations February 2013 Hardback 220 pages 978-1-4094-0000-4 60.00
Contemporary Art About Architecture

A Strange Utility
Edited by Isabelle Loring Wallace, University of Georgia, USA, and Nora Wendl, Portland State University, USA
An important resource for scholars of contemporary art and architecture, this volume considers contemporary art that takes architecture as its subject. Contemporary Art About Architecture: A Strange Utility is the first to address this topic in a detailed manner, and to advance the idea that contemporary art increasingly functions as a form of architectural history, theory and analysis. It addresses the analytic dimension of art and architectures intersection, positioning contemporary art as a vital form of architectural discourse. As borne out in fourteen essays by both emerging and established scholars, this phenomenon is both pervasive and, in its individual incarnations, compelling-a reason to think again about the entangled history of architecture and art. Includes 16 colour and 69 b&w illustrations May 2013 Hardback 274 pages 978-1-4094-3286-9 60.00
Gilbert Stuart and the Impact of Manic Depression

Dorinda Evans, Emory University, USA
This groundbreaking study demonstrates that Gilbert Stuart suffered from a hereditary form of manic depression, leading him to create pictures that contain peculiar lapses characteristic of a manic-depressive, or bipolar, artist. Using documentary and empirical evidence from diaries and letters to x-radiographs of paintings Evans fills important gaps in our knowledge of Stuart, and connects the strange visual effects in some of Stuarts paintings with cognitive deficits attendant with the disorder. Includes 17 colour and 82 b&w illustrations January 2013 Hardback 238 pages 978-1-4094-4164-9 60.00
Mikhail Larionov and the Cultural Politics of Late Imperial Russia

Sarah Warren, Purchase College, USA
In the turbulent atmosphere of early twentieth-century Tsarist Russia, avant-garde artists took advantage of a newly pluralistic culture in order to challenge orthodoxies of form as well as social prohibitions. Very few did this as effectively, or to as broad an audience, as Mikhail Larionov. This groundbreaking study examines the complete range of his work (painting, book illustration, performance, and curatorial work), and demonstrates that Larionov was taking part in a broader cultural conversation that arose out of fundamental challenges to autocratic rule. Includes 8 colour plates & 24 b&w illustrations April 2013 Hardback 200 pages 978-1-4094-4200-4 55.00
Modernism on Stage
The Ballets Russes and the Parisian Avant-Garde
Juliet Bellow, American University, USA
Modernism on Stage restores the Ballets Russes to its central role in the Parisian art world of the 1910s and 1920s, and includes close readings of ballets designed by Picasso, Delaunay, Matisse and de Chirico. Dance is brought to bear upon modernist art history as more than a source of imagery, but as part of the avant-gardes articulation of the idea of a total work of art. Includes 18 colour and 68 b&w illustrations February 2013 Hardback 284 pages 978-1-4094-0911-3 65.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/art

Nineteenth-Century Photographs and Architecture
Documenting History, Charting Progress, and Exploring the World
Edited by Micheline Nilsen, Indiana University, USA
Eschewing the limiting idea that nineteenth-century architecture photography merely reflects functionality, the objective of this collection is to reflect the aesthetic, intellectual and cultural concerns of the time. The essays hold appeal for social and cultural historians, as well as those with an interest in the fields of art history, urban geography, history of travel and tourism. Includes 57 b&w illustrations March 2013 Hardback 294 pages 978-1-4094-4833-4 60.00
Reframing Albrecht Drer

The Appropriation of Art, 15281700
Andrea Bubenik, The University of Queensland, Australia
Visual Culture in Early Modernity
Suffering and Sentiment in Romantic Military Art

Philip Shaw, University of Leicester, UK
In a moving intervention into Romantic-era depictions of the dead and wounded, Shaws timely study directs our gaze to the neglected figure of the common soldier. He examines a wide range of print and visual media, including paintings, political prose, anti-war poetry, early photographs and the letters and journals of soldiers and surgeons, uncovering a history of changing attitudes that qualify notions of suffering on and off the battlefield as noble or heroic. Includes 43 b&w illustrations June 2013 Hardback 60.00 284 pages 978-0-7546-6492-5 60.00
Focusing on the ways his art and persona were valued and criticized by writers, collectors, and artists subsequent to his death, this book examines the reception of the works of Albrecht Drer. The author traces carefully how Drers paintings, prints, drawings and theoretical writings traveled widely, and were appropriated into new contexts and charged with different meanings. The volume includes illustrations of numerous imitative works after Drer. Includes 13 colour and 81 b&w illustrations February 2013 Hardback 282 pages 978-1-4094-3847-2
Key Title Paolo de Matteis

Neapolitan Painting and Cultural History in Baroque Europe
Livio Pestilli, Trinity College Rome Campus, Italy
A long overdue re-assessment of the Neapolitan painter Paolo de Matteis, this volume examines the artists most significant works and shows how posteritys impression of him has been conditioned by a biased biographical and literary tradition. More than just a novel approach to de Matteis, however, the book serves as a window into early eighteenth-century art and cultural history, not only in Naples but in Paris, Vienna, Genoa and Rome. Includes 108 colour and 112 b&w illustrations February 2013 Hardback 368 pages 978-1-4094-4620-0 70.00
Scale in Contemporary Sculpture

Enlargement, Miniaturisation and the Life-Size
Rachel Wells, Newcastle University, UK
The first book to devote serious attention to questions of scale in contemporary sculpture, this study considers the phenomenon within the interlinked cultural and sociohistorical framework of the legacies of postmodern theory and the growth of global capitalism. In particular, the book traces the impact of postmodern theory on concepts of measurement and exaggeration, and analyses the relationship between this philosophy and the sculptural trend that has developed since the early 1990s. Includes 60 colour illustrations January 2013 Hardback 282 pages 978-1-4094-3194-7 60.00
The Visual Culture of Baptism in the Middle Ages

Essays on Mediaeval Fonts, Settings and Beliefs
Harriet M. Sonne de Torrens and Miguel A. Torrens
This collection of essays by a group of European and North American scholars extends the traditional boundaries associated with the study of baptismal fonts. The visual is privileged, whether it is in the metaphysical, literary or empirical realms of scholarship, offering a rich understanding of the powerful role of baptism played in medieval and renaissance society. In the quest for a holistic understanding of the vessels, the settings and contexts, the rituals and the spiritual significance of the font, itself, the contributors have turned to a range of sources, folkloric tales, baptismal records, liturgical sermons, civic records, literary accounts, hagiographies and historical documents about local families, communities and ecclesiastical developments. Previous scholarship about baptismal fonts has often focused on the purely stylistic, iconographical and liturgical perspectives, using primarily ecclesiastical and liturgical documentation. This collection of essays shows the wealth of new information that baptismal fonts can offer when scholars adopt inter-disciplinary approaches and engage in readings, which question traditional assumptions inherited in scholarship. Includes 84 b&w illustrations June 2013 Hardback 224 pages 978-1-4094-5675-9 65.00
Patricia Johanson and the Re-Invention of Public Environmental Art, 19582010

Xin Wu, College of William and Mary, USA
Impeccably researched and richly detailed, this book addresses the issue of translation between visual arts and landscape design in the 50-year career of American painter and environmental artist Patricia Johanson. Exploring the artists search for an art of the real as a member of the postwar New York art world, it demonstrates that visual translation cannot be understood solely through the works of art, instead attention must be paid to the process of creation. This book is an insightful attempt to confront a crucial question in the history of art through the work of a contemporary artist. Includes 64 colour plates and 48 b&w illustrations February 2013 Hardback 320 pages 978-1-4094-3544-0 65.00
Scotland, CEMA and the Arts Council, 19191967

Background, Politics and Visual Art Policy
Euan McArthur, University of Dundee, UK
As a case study of the relationship between arts and cultural policy and nationalism, this book examines the overlooked significance of Scotland in the development of British arts policy and institutions. Euan McArthur provides a clear account of the background to and evolution of the Council for the Encouragement of Music and the Arts (CEMA) and the Arts Council of Great Britain (ACGB) in Scotland up to the formation of the Scottish Arts Council (SAC) in 1967. Based on extensive archival research, this book brings to light previously unavailable material, not covered in existing accounts of CEMA/ACGB. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-3160-2 978-1-4094-6508-9 978-1-4094-6509-6 55.00
Visual Merchandising
The Image of Selling
Edited by Louisa Iarocci, University of Washington, Seattle, USA
Firmly situated at the crossroads of visual culture and consumerism, this essay collection examines visual merchandising as the art and business of selling, seeking to overcome traditional scholarly ambivalence that celebrates the spectacle but denies the agenda of consumerism. The volume considers strategies in the representation and presentation of retail goods, in terms of the visual interaction that occurs between the commodity and the consumer. Includes 63 b&w illustrations June 2013 Hardback 220 pages 978-1-4094-2697-4 65.00
Pieter Bruegel and the Culture of the Early Modern Dinner Party
Claudia Goldstein, William Paterson University, USA
Visual Culture in Early Modernity
Sculpting Doughboys
Memory, Gender, and Taste in Americas World War I Memorials
Jennifer Wingate, St. Francis College, USA
Redressing the neglect of World War I memorials in art history scholarship, this volume shows why sculptures of doughboys (US soldiers during World War I) were in such demand during the 1920s, and how their functions and meanings have evolved. Wingate recovers and interprets the circumstances of the doughboy sculptures creation, and offers a new perspective on the complex culture of interwar America and on present day commemorative practices. Includes 50 b&w illustrations April 2013 Hardback 205 pages 978-1-4094-0655-6 55.00
Goldstein mines a rich, interdisciplinary mix of sources to shed new light on the cultural history of sixteenth-century Antwerp. Recontextualizing some of Bruegels work within the cultural nexus of the dining room, she offers a critical and entirely original examination of the function of early modern images for the people who owned and viewed them. Includes 80 b&w illustrations May 2013 Hardback 250 pages 978-0-7546-6732-2 60.00
ASHGATE
Business, Management and Training

William Reid Dick, Sculptor
Dennis Wardleworth
William Reid Dick (18781961) was one of a generation of British sculptors air-brushed out of art history by the modernist critics of the late twentieth century. This longoverdue monograph adds to the recent revival of interest in this group of forgotten sculptors, by describing the life and work of arguably the leading figure of the group in unprecedented depth. This study draws upon a wealth of previously unpublished material, including over 2000 letters, and press cuttings and photographs in the Tate Archive, as well as letters and photographs held by Reid Dicks family. The first monograph on Reid Dick since 1945, the book also includes images of over 40 of his works and a listing of over 200 works identified by the author. Includes 50 b&w illustrations February 2013 Hardback 228 pages 978-1-4094-3971-4 55.00
Advanced Database Marketing

Innovative Methodologies and Applications for Managing Customer Relationships
Edited by Kristof Coussement, Koen W. De Bock and Scott A. Neslin
While the definition of database marketing hasnt changed, its meaning has become more vivid, versatile and exciting than ever before. Advanced Database Marketing provides a state-of-the-art guide to the methods and applications that define this new era in database marketing, including advances in areas such as text mining, recommendation systems, internet marketing and dynamic customer management. An impressive list of contributors including many of the thought-leaders in database marketing from across the world bring together chapters that combine the best academic research and business applications. The result is a definitive guide and reference for marketing and brand analysts, masters students, teachers and researchers in marketing analytics. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 300 pages 978-1-4094-4461-9 978-1-4094-4462-6 978-1-4094-7355-8 70.00
Branding and Product Design

An Integrated Perspective
Monika Hestad
Branding and Product Design examines how winning brands appear to be more creative and authentic than less successful ones. The book provides tools to help understand the role of products in building a brand and guidelines for how to bring branding and product design processes together. There are case studies based on the authors research, her years of teaching, and her own practice. Interviews delivering an insider perspective on major brands bring abstract concepts to life. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 150 pages 978-1-4094-4626-2 978-1-4094-4627-9 978-1-4094-6437-2 45.00
www.gowerpublishing.com/isbn/9781409446262
Women, Manuscripts and Identity in Northern Europe, 13501550

Joni M. Hand, Southeast Missouri State University, USA
Hand sheds light on the reasons women of the Valois courts from the mid-fourteenth to the mid-sixteenth century commissioned devotional manuscripts. Visually interpreting the non-text elements-portraits, coats of arms, and marginalia-as well as the texts, Hand explores how the manuscripts were used to express the womens religious, political and/or genealogical concerns. This study is arranged thematically according to the method in which the owner is represented. Includes 51 b&w illustrations February 2013 Hardback 270 pages 978-1-4094-5023-8 60.00
Bribery and Corruption

How to Be an Impeccable and Profitable Corporate Citizen
Mike Comer
Bribery and Corruption is written by the worlds leading practitioners in the fields of fraud prevention, detection and investigation, they have massive practical experience in commercial and governmental sectors. The book exposes the misconceptions, myths and, indeed, corruption of the word bribery and suggests effective solutions that go well beyond simple compliance. It commits to assertive managerial rather than timorous legal solutions to anti-bribery and related laws. It explains how processes can be tested using automated fraud detection software to expose current cases of fraud and corruption or to provide assurance that controls are functioning as intended. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 512 pages 978-1-4094-5357-4 978-1-4094-5358-1 978-1-4724-0452-7 99.00
American Pragmatism and Organisation

Issues and Controversies
Edited by Mihaela Kelemen, Keele University, UK, and Nick Rumens, University of Bristol, UK
Bringing together contributions focused on the interconnections and interplay between American pragmatism and organisational phenomena, American Pragmatism and Organisation explores the theoretical possibilities afforded by pragmatist thinking for understanding organisation and management and illuminates the practical advantages of doing so. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 230 pages 978-1-4094-2786-5 978-1-4094-2787-2 978-1-4094-6047-3 55.00
Wonderful Things: Byzantium through its Art

Papers from the 42nd Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies, London, 2022 March 2009
Edited by Antony Eastmond, Courtauld Institute of Art, UK and Liz James, University of Sussex, UK
Publications of the Society for the Promotion of Byzantine Studies
Ancient Wisdom for Modern Management

Machiavelli at 500
Ralf Lisch
Ancient Wisdom for Modern Management is an amazing insight into the essentials of management and a workable guidance to success in daily business. This open-minded and compelling exploration of The Prince combines reading pleasure with a great opportunity to participate in Machiavellis truly timeless wisdom. November 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 164 pages 978-1-4094-5464-9 978-1-4094-5465-6 978-1-4724-0073-4 25.00
Changing Organisations from Within

Roles, Risks and Consultancy Relationships
Edited by Susan Rosina Whittle and Robin C. Stevens
The chapters in this book come from authors who have experience of different kinds of insider relationships with organisations. Some have been so inside that they are employees. Some have felt themselves to be inside and yet called the organisation for which they work their client external consultants whose work depended on developing insightful insider perspectives. All of the authors have substantial experience across diverse sector and client bases. Many of them are graduates or have been faculty members of Londons renowned Tavistock Institute Advanced Organisational Consultation programme. They are well able, therefore, to illuminate relational issues and dynamics, including the pulls on role and identity that can quickly undermine competence and practice. All their experience leads to the conclusion that understanding the system psycho-dynamics present in an organisation is essential. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 196 pages 978-1-4094-4968-3 978-1-4094-4969-0 978-1-4094-7472-2 60.00
The essays collected in this book were delivered at the XLII Spring Symposium of Byzantine Studies, held in London in 2009 to accompany the exhibition Byzantium 3301453, at the Royal Academy. The exhibition was one of the most ambitious and complex exhibitions ever mounted at the Royal Academy, as well as one of the most popular, and the overall aim of the book is to reflect on the exhibition of Byzantine art, both as an academic and popular exercise, and through the choice and discussion of individual objects. Includes 88 b&w illustrations June 2013 Hardback 304 pages 978-1-4094-5514-1 65.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.gowerpublishing.com
Collaborative Wisdom
From Pervasive Logic to Effective Operational Leadership
Greg Park
This book examines the importance of collaborative wisdom within an organisation, how effective operational leadership is fundamentally about appropriate values, principles and perspectives which generate appropriate leadership experience, intuition, insight, judgment and ultimately, wisdom. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 298 pages 978-1-4094-3460-3 978-1-4094-3461-0 978-1-4094-7354-1 60.00
Deception in Selection
Interviewees and the Psychology of Deceit
Max A. Eggert
Eggerts Deception in Selection will help you, the recruiter, to understand how and why candidates deceive. The book examines proven techniques and tactics to balance the interview game, to restore equity in the face of the clever approaches that sophisticated candidates bring to the interview. Although there is no foolproof way of identifying deception, you can, with practice, become amazingly accurate if there is a commitment to master the basics. This is a must read guide from a best-selling business author for all those who participate in the selection process. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 160 pages 978-1-4094-4561-6 978-1-4094-4562-3 978-1-4094-7477-7 45.00
Energy Management in Business

The Managers Guide to Maximising and Sustaining Energy Reduction
Kit Oung
This book offers distilled practical concepts with real life case studies chosen to build insight, illustrate and allow managers and engineers to relate to a broad range of energy reduction opportunities. Energy Management in Business places the process firmly in the context of commercial and industrial business practice. The book is an excellent companion for any organisation seeking ISO 50001 certification, reduce energy consumption, as well as those that simply wish to better understand the options, strategies and risks that every business now faces. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 278 pages 978-1-4094-5245-4 978-1-4094-5246-1 978-1-4724-0245-5 45.00
Corporate Risk and Governance

An End to Mismanagement, Tunnel Vision and Quackery
Alan Waring
Corporate Risk and Governance provides key reasons and insights into why increased regulation and ever more elaborate corporate risk systems have failed, and continue to fail in many cases, to result in a proportionate increase in actual risk control. Over the past 25 years, there has been a growing realisation that failure to implement robust risk management in an organisation is likely to lead to damage to corporate finances, overall performance, reputation and share values. In extreme cases, corporate survival can be at stake. However, despite greater awareness and risk control efforts, major corporate risk failures continue to arise. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 205 pages 978-1-4094-4836-5 978-1-4094-4837-2 978-1-4724-0244-8 75.00
Decision Sourcing
Decision Making for the Agile Social Enterprise
Dale Roberts and Rooven Pakkiri
Decision Sourcing lays bare the poverty of decision making processes in todays corporate world and delivers insight into how Social tools are providing new sources of information, how they are challenging hierarchy and how they are providing opportunities for growth and agility through aligned and inclusive decision making. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 150 pages 978-1-4094-4247-9 978-1-4094-4248-6 978-1-4094-7364-0 49.50
Equality, Diversity and Opportunity Management

Strategies and Leadership
Tony Morden
Mordens Equality, Diversity and Opportunity Management explores the drivers behind this growing challenge. The author provides a multi-dimensional view that looks at all of the sources of the challenge, from the perspective of countries and cultures around the world. He then uses models, theories and his own personal experience to elaborate a strategy for addressing equality from the perspectives of leadership and governance; performance, risk and change management; and, lest you are tempted to under-estimate the significance of this developing agenda, from the perspective or crisis and corporate resilience too. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 260 pages 978-1-4094-3278-4 978-1-4094-3279-1 978-1-4094-7456-2 70.00
Cyber Security Culture

Counteracting Cyber Threats through Organizational Learning and Training
New Edition Peter Trim, University of London and David Upton
Focusing on countermeasures against orchestrated cyberattacks, Cyber Security Culture is research-based and reinforced with insights from experts who do not normally release information into the public arena. It will enable managers in industry and government to understand how organisational learning and training can be utilised to develop a culture that protects an organisation from attacks. The authors provide information to help managers form policy and procedures, to undertake scenario-based planning and arrange appropriate training interventions, such as table top exercises. This book will interest Government officials, policy advisors, law enforcement officers and senior managers within companies, as well as academics and students in a range of disciplines including management and computer science. The knowledge provided will appeal to an international audience. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 160 pages 978-1-4094-5694-0 978-1-4094-5695-7 978-1-4094-7457-9 55.00
Design Leadership
Securing the Strategic Value of Design
Raymond Turner
Design Leadership draws on the extensive experience of one of the worlds leading design practitioners, Turner, who brings his experience of working on some iconic major projects and for equally iconic design businesses to provide a perspective on the interface between design and business. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 210 pages 978-1-4094-6323-8 978-1-4094-6324-5 978-1-4094-6325-2 45.00
The Failure and the Future of Accounting

Strategy, Stakeholders, and Business Value
David Hatherly
Hatherly rethinks accounting in the light of the financial crisis which exposed its limitations. Financial institutions reported increasing profits and healthy balance sheets whilst their business models undermined their own financial health and the economy. Accounts failed to provide feedback on business performance. This failure highlighted the need for alignment between business and accounting models. To understand business performance we need to know about value: How much is created; how it is created, who it is created for, what kind it is; and how it is measured. Here, Hatherly provides an accounting model that addresses these questions. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 242 pages 978-1-4094-5354-3 978-1-4094-5355-0 978-1-4094-6249-1
The End of Shops

Social Buying and the Battle for the Customer
Cor Molenaar
Molenaar analyses the struggle, the risks and describes the countless opportunities and possibilities for the retail trade to turn the tide. He looks at the new buying behaviour of consumers (the new shopping), the evolution of retail (how it used to be, how it is now and what it has to become) and shows what the future for the shop will actually look like. Shops need to change, to reassess their unique benefits and work in new ways with suppliers and customers if they are to survive. An online retailer is often seen as the answer, but is that really the case? The internet will see many changes, too. Many e-retailers will disappear or end up leading a rather languid existence. Only the large suppliers and webshops that can make best use of the opportunities offered by the Internet will survive. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 190 pages 978-1-4094-4974-4 978-1-4094-4975-1 978-1-4094-6502-7 35.00
55.00
GOWER
The Fulfilling Workplace

The Organizations Role in Achieving Individual and Organizational Health
Edited by Ron Burke, York University, York, UK and Cary L. Cooper, Lancaster University, UK
Psychological and Behavioural Aspects of Risk
Health Communication and Mass Media

An Integrated Approach to Policy and Practice
Edited by Rukhsana Ahmed and Benjamin R. Bates
Health Communication and Mass Media is a much-needed resource for those with a professional or academic interest in the fast growing field of health communication. It combines theoretically-driven original research identifying strong and successful use of media in health contexts. The chapters in this contributed volume engage and expand upon significant theories that inform efforts at mediated health communication and demonstrate the practical utility of these theories in on-going or recently completed projects. The chapter authors discuss both traditional media and communication systems, but also new web-based and mobile media. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-4713-9 978-1-4094-4714-6 978-1-4724-0164-9 65.00
Making Sense of Organizational Learning

Putting Theory into Practice
Cyril Kirwan
This book fills the gap left by academically sound but ultimately less practical works on the one hand, and how-to books that pay little attention to the validity and reliability of what they propose and offer no guarantee of real improvement in performance on the other. Thinking practitioners, particularly those working in and around the fields of learning, management development, or organisation development, will find it invaluable. It will also be of interest to practising managers undertaking post-graduate study in HR and related disciplines, particularly those who are in a position to apply the theory back at work. Finally, it may also be of use to managers who are looking to influence others regarding the effectiveness of learning efforts in their areas of responsibility. The theory in the book can be used to support evidence-based argument for the adoption of organisation learning policies and practices, where they are not already in place. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 150 pages 978-1-4094-4186-1 978-1-4094-4187-8 978-1-4094-6516-4 65.00
In earlier books in the Psychological and Behavioural Aspects of Risk Series, Cooper and Burke have identified the role played by human frailties and organisational toxicity in influencing individual and family functioning, and satisfaction and performance, and both unit and organisational effectiveness and success. These factors included psychological, social and organisational risks to individuals and workplaces. The Fulfilling Workplace extends their work deeper into organisations, and the organisations role in coming to grips both with human frailties that end up causing damage, and toxic workplaces, again destructive to individual and organisational health. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 334 pages 978-1-4094-2776-6 978-1-4094-2777-3 978-1-4094-6045-9 70.00
Governance of the Petroleum Sector in an Emerging Developing Economy

Edited by Kwaku Appiah-Adu, Central University Business School and the Centre for Advanced Strategic Analysis, Ghana
Oil exploration in the developing world has been and continues to be in the media as a high profile and high risk activity. Using the perspective of Ghana and comparisons with countries such as Trinidad and Tobago, and Norway, the contributors to this book explore five critical areas and propose strategies for: Turning oil and gas wealth into sustainable and equitable development; Entrenching transparency and stakeholder engagement; Effective management of the oil and gas sector; Safeguarding security and the environment; Country specific models and lessons for Ghana and other African oil producing nations. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 240 pages 978-1-4094-6307-8 978-1-4094-6308-5 978-1-4094-6309-2 55.00
Integral Dynamics
Political Economy, Cultural Dynamics and the Future of the University
Ronnie Lessem, Alexander Schieffer, Junie T. Tong and Samuel D. Rima
Transformation and Innovation
Marketing High Profit Product/ Service Solutions

Roger More
This book explores what was learned by these leading companies (amongst others) when they transformed their market strategies from individual product and services suppliers to bundlers of complex integrated customer solutions. Over many years and specific cases, the author went through this process with senior managers in these companies and many others as a consultant and researcher. He has developed and tested many new concepts, maps and tools for use with these managers in developing strategies for these bundled product/service solutions. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 136 pages 978-1-4094-4856-3 978-1-4094-4857-0 978-1-4094-7245-2 65.00
The theory of integral dynamics is based on the view that the development of individual leaders or entrepreneurs requires the simultaneous development of institutions and societies. It seeks a specific way forward for each society, fundamentally different from, but drawing on, its past. Nearly every natural science has been transformed from an analytically-based approach to a dynamic one: now it is time for society and culture to follow suit locally and globally. Each culture, discipline and person is incomplete and in need of others in order to develop and evolve. The authors set out a programme for a new integral, trans-cultural and trans-disciplinary area of study, including, but extending beyond, economics and enterprise. It links self with community, enterprise and society, and focusing on the vital relationship between local identity and global integrity. Illustrated with examples relating the conceptual to the practical, this is a text for our trans-modern age. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 618 pages 978-1-4094-5103-7 978-1-4094-5104-4 978-1-4094-7135-6 70.00
A Handbook of Business Transformation Management Methodology

Edited by Axel Uhl and Lars Alexander Gollenia
Business Transformation Management (BTM) is the holistic management of extensive, complex changes on which an organisations future success strongly depends. BTM, which stands for Business Transformation Management Methodology, is a robust new integrative approach, with an emphasis on the balance between the rational and emotional aspects of transformation. In this handbook a wide range of theory is discussed to help understand the phenomenon of transformation, with new content on key elements of transformation management and new insights from various case studies. It is intended for C-level executives, reflective managers and consultants, and those with an academic interest in change and transformation. October 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 344 pages 978-1-4094-4980-5 978-1-4094-4981-2 978-1-4094-8398-4 65.00
Naked Project Management

The Bare Facts
Dennis Lock
Here is an introduction to project management from one of the best and most experienced writers. Project management depends largely on common sense and a logical, systematic approach. But it is necessary also to acquire some special skills to organise, schedule and control a project so that it produces the result that everyone wants. Lock explains and illustrates those skills in pragmatic and jargon-free terms. An entertaining case study runs through the chapters and the book covers all the vital topics in astonishingly few words. Naked Project Management is an essential primer for students and managers who need to understand how small projects should be managed, but without necessarily becoming permanent project managers themselves. Degree and other students for whom project management is an elective or small part of their course will love this compact time-saving and reasonably priced study resource. March 2013 Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 110 pages 978-1-4094-6105-0 978-1-4094-6106-7 978-1-4094-6107-4 12.99
Integrity in Business
Developing Ethical Behavior Across Cultures and Jurisdictions
Frank Holder
Integrity in Business explores the complex nature of integrity and business and illustrates how organisations have avoided major setbacks to their reputations and value by encouraging integrity. It also examines those organisations that have failed or experienced serious reputational damage due to lack of preparation, lack of transparency and lack of leadership. Using his research from a review of significant fraud cases, legislative mandates and governmental and nongovernmental initiatives over the past 15 years, the author provides a rigorous and sophisticated guide to understanding and adopting an holistic business integrity strategyone which has a realistic chance of protecting your organisation from the kind of catastrophic loss or reputational damage that can easily be the result of an error of judgement in a world that is increasingly connected and driven by instant and social media. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 180 pages 978-0-566-09187-2 978-1-4094-5766-4 978-1-4094-6515-7 60.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
New Normal, Radical Shift

Changing Business and Politics for a Sustainable Future
Neela Bettridge and Philip Whiteley
New Normal, Radical Shift is both a philosophical and a practical book. It delivers a positive message for the thousands of conscientious, ethical business managers around the world to the effect that their way of doing business is better for their businesses as well as for society and all of the authors arguments to this effect are supported by exemplary case studies. It exposes issues that have not been at the forefront of the debate, particularly about the need for a departure from the centuries-old turf wars of left and right and the need to look more forensically at the needs of a modern economy and society. Business leaders, business educators and business students, consultants, politicians and policy makers will all learn from this challenging book. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 136 pages 978-1-4094-5574-5 978-1-4094-5575-2 978-1-4724-0819-8 45.00
Project Risk Analysis

Techniques for Forecasting Funding Requirements, Costs and Timescales
Derek Salkeld
Risk and opportunity are inherent in projects and yet, whilst many organisations invest heavily in project management methodologies and processes in the hope of ensuring delivery on time and to budget, project sponsors, project board members or managers do not see that the root cause of the problem of overspend and late completion could be that their projects were underestimated in the first place. Often the techniques used to calculate the funding and time scales required are inadequate, because they failed to take properly into account the potential effects of risk and opportunity. The approach taken in Project Risk Analysis is to show and explain how risk and opportunity in a project will affect its funding requirement and its time scales, and how the understanding of this can be used to devise management controls that will benefit both the investor and the project manager. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 350 pages 978-0-566-09186-5 978-1-4094-4497-8 978-1-4094-7237-7 75.00
Requirements Management
How to Ensure You Achieve What You Need from Your Projects
Mario Kossmann
Poor requirements management is one of the top five contributors to poor project performance. In extreme, safety critical or emergency-relief situations, failure to satisfy the real needs of the project stakeholders may well lead directly to loss of life or human suffering; other, more mundane, projects can also be severely compromised. Kossmanns Requirements Management looks at the process from the perspectives of both Program and Project Management and Systems Engineering, showing the crucial role of RM in both contexts. The author puts great emphasis on the human aspects of any project, which is also significant given that over-emphasis on technical or technological aspects at the expense of the human side is another major source of project shortfalls. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 202 pages 978-1-4094-5137-2 978-1-4094-5138-9 978-1-4094-7141-7 60.00
Project Ethics
Haukur Ingi Jonasson and Helgi Thor Ingason
Advances in Project Management
Re-Tayloring Management
Scientific Management a Century On
Edited by Leonard Holmes and Christina Evans
Drawing on insights from academics with diverse backgrounds and interests and organised around past, present and future themes, this book is a thoughtprovoking read for curious professional managers, as well as for postgraduate students and academics teaching and researching organisational studies and management. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-5075-7 978-1-4094-5076-4 978-1-4724-0165-6 65.00
Project Stakeholder Management

Pernille Eskerod and Anna Lund Jepsen
Fundamentals of Project Management
How relevant is ethics to project management? The book which aims to demystify the field of ethics for project managers and managers in general takes both a critical and a practical look at project management in terms of success criteria, and ethical opportunities and risks. The goal is to help the reader to use ethical theory to further identify opportunities and risks within their projects and thereby to advance more directly along the path of mature and sustainable managerial practice.
10
January 2013 Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB
156 pages 978-1-4094-1096-6 978-1-4094-1097-3 978-1-4094-8452-3
28.50
In Project Stakeholder Management, the authors give guidance on how to adopt an analytical and structured approach; how to document, store and retrieve your knowledge; how to plan your stakeholder interactions in advance; and how to make your plans explicit, at the very least internally. A well-conceived plan can prevent you from being carried away in the heat of the moment and help you spend your limited resources for stakeholder management in the best way January 2013 Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 120 pages 978-1-4094-0437-8 978-1-4094-0438-5 978-1-4094-8446-2 26.50
The Secret Life of Decisions

How Unconscious Bias Subverts Your Judgement
Meena Thuraisingham
This book is an essential read for developing and seasoned executives who have to work through high stakes decisions. It treats choosing wisely and the thinking involved as a skill that can be improved with the guided practice and supporting tools provided here. The journey however starts with awareness that comes from outing the secret forces that can sabotage the quality of our decisions. January 2013 Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 214 pages 978-1-4094-5327-7 978-1-4094-5328-4 978-1-4724-0816-7 25.00
Project Management
Tenth Edition Dennis Lock
The 10th Edition of Project Management explains the entire project management process in great detail, and includes brand new chapters on implementing management change projects and the role of senior management support. Everything is reinforced throughout with case examples and diagrams, many new for this edition. As with previous editions, meticulous care has been taken to ensure that the text is reader-friendly and free of unnecessary jargon, with clear diagrams and a construction that is logically organised, well indexed and simple to navigate. The result is certain to maintain this books acclaimed status as the standard work for managers and students alike. March 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 544 pages 978-1-4094-5269-0 978-1-4094-5419-9 978-1-4094-5420-5 978-1-4094-7476-0 32.50 70.00
Rediscovering Sustainability
Economics of the Finite Earth
A.R.G. Heesterman and W.H. Heesterman
Rediscovering Sustainability helps bridge the gap in understanding between scientists and the green movement on the one side and many economists on the other. The authors argue that the limitations of standard economics cause blind spots in its environmental economics sub-field. Examining the limitations of the neoclassical economics framework, Aart and Wiebina Heesterman explore relationships bearing on issues such as the understated cost of fuel for transport. They reveal how flawed economic theory and political compromise bear unhelpfully on an energy market constrained by emissions targets. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 338 pages 978-1-4094-4456-5 978-1-4094-4457-2 978-1-4094-7336-7 60.00
GOWER
The Self as Enterprise

Foucault and the Spirit of 21st Century Capitalism
Peter Kelly, University of Leicester, UK
This book is an important contribution to the continuing debate about the nature of work related identities and the consequences of the intensification of the work regimes in which these identities are regulated and performed. It helps analyse the various injunctions and incitements to develop new work ethics reflecting the ways in which people practice their freedom in relation to the world of paid work at the start of the 21st century. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 222 pages 978-0-7546-4963-2 978-1-4094-5070-2 978-1-4094-7357-2 55.00
Smart Flexibility
Moving Smart and Flexible Working from Theory to Practice
Andy Lake
Written for managers at the leading edge of change, Lake takes a strategic, comprehensive and integrated approach to Smart and Flexible Working. Taking an evidence-based approach, he sets out how to achieve measurable benefits across the Triple Bottom Line. Smart Flexibility examines closely the roles of the People, Property and Technology functions that have to work together to achieve the benefits. There are separate chapters that look at the real impacts for sustainability, the impacts for Smart Government, how to manage the Anywhere Anytime Team and how to take people on the journey towards a Smart Working organisational culture. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 310 pages 978-0-566-08852-0 978-0-7546-9208-9 978-1-4094-7337-4 70.00
Sustaining Cultural Development

Unified Systems and New Governance in Cultural Life
Edited by Biljana Mickov and James Doyle
In Sustaining Cultural Development, Biljana Mickov and James Doyle argue that effective programmes to promote greater participation in cultural life require substantial investment in research and strategic planning. Using studies from contributors from cities throughout Europe, they look at ways to promote cultural life as the centre of the broader sustainable development of society. These studies illustrate how combining cultural identity, cultural diversity and creativity with increased participation of citizens in cultural life improves harmonised cultural development and promotes democracy. They indicate a shift from traditional governance of the cultural sector to a new, more horizontal, approach that links cultural workers at different levels in different sectors and different locations. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 274 pages 978-1-4094-5396-3 978-1-4094-5397-0 978-1-4724-0458-9 60.00
A Short Guide to Contract Risk

Helena Haapio and George J. Siedel, University of Michigan, USA
Short Guides to Business Risk
Smart Working
Creating the Next Wave
Anne Marie McEwan
This book explains that smart working is more than flexible and mobile working. It is flexibility and autonomy how people work, not just where and when. It discusses stimulating and harnessing collective intelligence within and beyond organisational boundaries, and shows that smart working is an outcome of designing organisational systems, working environments and governance principles that are good for business and for people. Drawing on years of academic research, and experience of process innovation methodology, Smart Working reviews what is known about effective management and high performance work methods and shows how these insights can be used to advantage. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 286 pages 978-1-4094-0456-9 978-1-4094-0457-6 978-1-4094-6014-5 60.00
What makes this short guide from the authors of the acclaimed Proactive Law for Managers especially valuable, if not unique, is its down-to-earth managerial/legal approach. It is about understanding and using legally sound contracts as managerial tools for well thought-out, realistic risk allocation in business deals and relationships. April 2013 Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 190 pages 978-1-4094-4886-0 978-1-4094-4887-7 978-1-4094-7365-7 17.99
Trust in Virtual Teams

Organization, Strategies and Assurance for Successful Projects
Thomas P . Wise
Trust in Virtual Teams is designed to provide a complete view of the role that quality assurance plays in the development of healthy, trusting, relationships in the virtual project environment. Using the latest research, Wise explains the elements of trust in project working and explores how to develop that trust. To do that he explains the three core types of trust: personality-, cognitive- and institutional and explores the role they play in a virtual working environment. The final part of the book provides you with a basis for developing quality assurance processes and organisational strategies to influence successful project team working. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 180 pages 978-1-4094-5361-1 978-1-4094-5362-8 978-1-4724-0833-4 65.00
A Short Guide to Risk Appetite

David Hillson and Ruth Murray-Webster
Short Guides to Business Risk
11
Risk appetite is a hot topic, driven both by corporate governance requirements and senior managers need to make risk-based decisions. But despite the high level of interest, there is no consensus on what risk appetite is, how it should be expressed or measured, or how it can be practically used in business or projects. In A Short Guide to Risk Appetite Hillson and Ruth Murray-Webster cut through the confusion to produce clear definitions and simple guidelines, helping us to answer the important question: How much risk should we take? November 2012 Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 162 pages 978-1-4094-4094-9 978-1-4094-4095-6 978-1-4094-8463-9 17.99
Spiritual Capital
A Moral Core for Social and Economic Justice
Samuel D. Rima
Transformation and Innovation
In Spiritual Capital, Rima makes the case for a new moral foundation or core to business and economics that directly addresses todays financial and business crisis. Based on solid academic research, Rima explains spiritual capital theory in terms of the resources needed for its creation, how it is formed, how it can be invested and what the return on investment can be. The book provides practical tools for measuring a personal or organisational store of spiritual capital; guidelines for engaging in spiritual capital formation; and advice for policy makers needing to understand the macro application of spiritual capital theory. This book is for business leaders interested in developing viable and sustainable enterprises and avoiding the disconnection between economic policy and social reality, as well as students of sociology, theology and economics, and anyone interested in social and economic justice, social innovation and corporate social responsibility. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 324 pages 978-1-4094-0484-2 978-1-4094-0485-9 978-1-4094-6016-9 55.00
Uncertainty, Diversity and The Common Good

Changing Norms and New Leadership Paradigms
Edited by Stefan Grschl
In Uncertainty, Diversity and the Common Good, contributors from leading academic institutions around the World, from perspectives that embrace philosophy; sociology; psychology; ecological and environmental economics; management; and entrepreneurship, discuss different models of socially responsible global leadership. Responding to unpredictability meaningfully requires intelligences that enable managers to tackle the challenges of adaptation and change, and to develop a sustainable, lasting and consistent managerial approach. Corporate leaders are now responsible for social as well as economic activities and for creating enduring links between the two, for example through their work with local communities, in integrating minorities, and redistributing wealth. Many are actively seeking to embrace these responsibilities and corporate leadership is moving towards a model that incorporates social leadership. A new model of socially responsible leadership must pave the way for the leaders of tomorrow to address conflicting issues and to bring together dimensions that are incompatible within existing paradigms. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 180 pages 978-1-4094-5339-0 978-1-4094-5340-6 978-1-4724-0808-2 60.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
History
Key Title Albert of Aachens History of the Journey to Jerusalem
Volume 1: Books 16. The First Crusade, 10951099
Translated by Susan B. Edgington, University of London, UK
Crusade Texts in Translation
Architecture and Hagiography in the Ottoman Empire

The Politics of Bektashi Shrines in the Classical Age
Zeynep Yrekli, University of Oxford, UK
Birmingham Byzantine and Ottoman Studies
Baals Priests
The Loyalist Clergy and the English Revolution
Fiona McCall
St Andrews Studies in Reformation History
Albert of Aachens History of the Journey to Jerusalem presents the story of the First Crusade (10951099) and the early history of the crusader states (10991119). Volume 1, The First Crusade, is a long and richly detailed account of events well known from the reports of participants, but told from a strikingly different perspective. His History therefore offers a counterbalance, and sometimes a corrective, to the established view. Edgingtons English translation has been widely praised, following its first publication in the Oxford Medieval Texts series, and is here presented with a new introduction and updated notes and bibliography. June 2013 Paperback 310 pages 978-1-4094-6652-9 17.99
The shrine complexes examined in this book were established as independent institutions in medieval Anatolia and became the primary centres of the Bektashi order of dervishes in the classical Ottoman period. Based on a thorough examination of the buildings, their inscriptions, archival documents, and Bektashi hagiographies, this book uncovers the particular political significance of Bektashi shrines in the Ottoman imperial age, and thus provides a fresh and comprehensive account of the formative process of the Bektashi network. November 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 222 pages 978-1-4094-1106-2 978-1-4094-1107-9 978-1-4094-8399-1 65.00
The English Civil War was a time of disruption, suffering and persecution for many people, not least the clergy of the established church, who found themselves ejected from their livings in increasing numbers as Parliamentarian forces extended their control across the country. Yet, historians have tended to downplay their suffering. Drawing upon an impressive array of sources most notably the remarkable set of family and parish memories collected by John Walker in the early years of the eighteenth century this book refocuses attention on the experiences of the sequestered loyalist clergy during the turbulent years of the 1640s and 1650s. The study highlights how the experiences of the clergy can help illuminate events in wider society, whilst at the same time acknowledging the unique situation in which Church of England ministers found themselves. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 246 pages 978-1-4094-5577-6 978-1-4094-5578-3 978-1-4724-0813-6 65.00

Volume 2: Books 712. The Early History of the Latin States, 10991119
Key Title The Ashgate Research Companion to the Counter-Reformation

Edited by Alexandra Bamji, University of Leeds, UK, Geert H. Janssen, University of Oxford, UK and Mary Laven, University of Cambridge, UK
The Ashgate Research Companion to the CounterReformation presents a comprehensive examination of recent scholarship on early modern Catholicism in its many guises. It examines how the Tridentine reforms inspired conflict and conversion, and evaluates lives and identities, spirituality, culture and religious change. This wide-ranging and original research guide is a unique resource for scholars and students of European and transnational history. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 496 pages 978-1-4094-2373-7 978-1-4094-2374-4 978-1-4094-7318-3 85.00
Bridging the Medieval-Modern Divide

Medieval Themes in the World of the Reformation
Edited by James Muldoon, Rutgers University, USA
Catholic Christendom, 13001700
12
Volume 2, The Early History of the Latin States, provides a surprising level of detail about the reign of King Baldwin I (11001118), especially its earlier years and the crusading expeditions of 1101. Where it can be tested against other narratives, including Arabic and Greek sources, it proves to be worthy of both trust and respect. Susan B. Edgingtons English translation has been widely praised, following its first publication in the Oxford Medieval Texts series, and is here presented with a new introduction and updated notes and bibliography. June 2013 Paperback 260 pages 978-1-4094-6653-6 17.99
Covering a broad range of topics encompassing legal, social, cultural, theological and political history the volume asks fundamental questions about how we regard history, and what historians can learn from colleagues working in other fields that may not at first glance appear to offer any obvious links. By focusing on the concept of the medieval-modern divide in particular the relation between the Middle Ages and the Reformation each essay examines how a medievalist deals with a specific topic or issue that is also attracting the attention of Reformation scholars. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 230 pages 978-1-4094-4763-4 978-1-4094-4764-1 978-1-4094-7221-6 65.00

Two volume set
Key Title Authority in Byzantium

Edited by Pamela Armstrong, University of Oxford, UK
Publications of the Centre for Hellenic Studies, Kings College London
June 2013 Paperback
570 pages 978-1-4094-6654-3
30.00
Authority is an important concept in Byzantine culture, an invisible force that underpinned the Byzantine state and maintained its existence across so many centuries, binding people from different ethnic groups, in different spheres of life and activities together. Even though its significance to understanding the Byzantine world is so central, it is nonetheless imperfectly understood. The present volume brings together an international cast of scholars to explore this concept. Particular sections deal with the authority of the state, the church and the family, and how these were constructed, with attitudes towards the authority of knowledge and text, and with the depiction of authority. February 2013 Hardback 360 pages 978-1-4094-3608-9 70.00
British Artillery on the Western Front in the First World War

The Infantry cannot do with a gun less
Sanders Marble
Ashgate Studies in First World War History
Providing a systematic investigation into the evolving role of the artillery in the British Expeditionary Force, this study looks at how tactical and operational changes affected the overall Allied strategy. In line with the learning curve thesis, it argues that despite many setbacks and missed opportunities, by 1918 the Royal Artillery had developed effective methods to overcome the defensive advantages of trench warfare that had mired the Western Front in bloody stalemate for the previous three years. March 2013 Hardback 290 pages 978-1-4094-1110-9 65.00
ASHGATE
History
The British Pacific Fleet Experience and Legacy, 194450
Jon Robb-Webb, Joint Services Command and Staff College and Kings College London, UK
Corbett Centre for Maritime Policy Studies Series
Crime, Courtrooms and the Public Sphere in Britain, 17001850

Edited by David Lemmings, University of Adelaide, Australia
Focusing on the long eighteenth century this collection of essays charts the transition of British legal proceedings from early scenes of noise and disorder, to a much more rigid and solemn atmosphere by the start of the nineteenth century. Through an investigation as to the extent to which legal proceedings may be understood as theatre and counter-theatre; the impact of lawyers intervention in the courtroom; and the role and impact of print media in relation to trials, the volume opens up fascinating vistas upon the cultural dimensions of Britains law courts. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 248 pages 978-1-4094-1803-0 978-1-4094-1804-7 978-1-4094-7316-9 65.00
Dynastic Marriages 1612/1615

A Celebration of the Habsburg and Bourbon Unions
Edited by Margaret M. McGowan, University of Sussex, UK
European Festival Studies: 14501700
This study explores the role of the BPF and its legacy through each level of war, from the grand strategic, through the military strategic and operational levels down to the tactical level. What is revealed through this approach is not just a new understanding of the importance of the BPF but also how interconnected each of the levels is. Written after extensive primary research the book also brings to light material drawn from the Admiraltys own secret Monthly Intelligence Reports, illustrating how the experience of the war in the Pacific would cast a long shadow over the very different circumstances of the post-war world. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 320 pages 978-0-7546-6851-0 978-1-4094-5383-3 978-1-4094-7333-6 65.00
The union of the two royal houses the Habsburgs and the Bourbons in the early seventeenth century illustrates the extent to which marriage was a tool of government in Renaissance Europe, and festivals a manifestation of power and cultural superiority. With contributions from scholars representing a range of disciplines, this volume provides an all-round view of the sequence of festivals and events surrounding the dynastic marriages which were agreed upon in 1612 but not celebrated until 1615 owing to the constant interruption of festivities by protestant uprisings. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 310 pages 978-1-4094-5725-1 978-1-4094-5726-8 978-1-4724-0490-9 65.00
Censorship and Civic Order in Reformation Germany, 15171648

Printed Poison & Evil Talk
Allyson F. Creasman, Carnegie Mellon University, USA
Cultural Exchange in Seventeenth-Century France and England

Gesa Stedman, Humboldt University of Berlin, Germany
This ambitious new study is a comprehensive account of cross-channel cultural exchanges between seventeenthcentury France and England, and includes discussion of literary texts, poems, historical figures, garden design, fashion, music, dance, food, the book market and the theater. Gesa Stedman investigates actual exchange processes in order to shed light on the connection between actual and symbolic exchange, and provides welcome insight into seventeenth-century cultural exchange. January 2013 Hardback 306 pages 978-0-7546-6938-8 70.00
Early Trench Tactics in the French Army

The Second Battle of Artois, May-June 1915
Jonathan Krause
Drawing upon criminal court records, trial manuscripts and contemporary journals this book explores the impact of censorship on religious reform in German cities during the Reformation. The study argues that censorship, whilst routinely compromised and often circumvented, nonetheless profoundly influenced how communities understood the Reformation and its message. September 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 304 pages 978-1-4094-1001-0 978-1-4094-5102-0 978-1-4094-6181-4 65.00
The Clergy in Khaki

New Perspectives on British Army Chaplaincy in the First World War
Edited by Michael Snape, University of Birmingham, UK, and Edward Madigan
Dreams, Healing, and Medicine in Greece

From Antiquity to the Present
Edited by Steven M. Oberhelman, Texas A&M University, USA
This volume centers on dreams in Greek medicine from the fifth-century B.C.E. Hippocratic Regimen down to the modern era. Medicine is here defined in a wider sense than just formal medical praxis, and includes non-formal medical healing methods such as folk pharmacopeia, religion, magical methods (e.g., amulets, exorcisms, and spells), and home remedies. This volume examines how in Greek culture dreams have played an integral part in formal and non-formal means of healing. The papers are organized into three major diachronic periods: classical Greek through late Roman, the Byzantine era, and from the Turkish period to the modern day. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 290 pages 978-1-4094-2423-9 978-1-4094-2424-6 978-1-4094-7439-5 65.00
In the English-speaking world the First World War is all too often portrayed primarily as a conflict between Britain and Germany. The vast majority of books focus on the Anglo-German struggle, and ignore the dominant part played by the French, who for most of the war provided the bulk of the soldiers fighting against the central powers. As such, this important and timely book joins the small but growing collection of works offering an overdue assessment of the French contribution to the Great War. Drawing heavily on French primary sources the book has two main foci: it is both an in-depth battle narrative and analysis, as well as a work on the tactical evolution of the French army in Spring 1915 as it endeavored aggressively to come to grips with trench warfare. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 198 pages 978-1-4094-5500-4 978-1-4094-5501-1 978-1-4094-7467-8 65.00
13
Army chaplains have not fared well in the mythology of the Great War. Alongside Blimpish generals they are generally characterised as embodiments of the callous futility and hypocrisy that left the battlefields of the Western Front littered with corpses. Drawing on the expertise of sixteen academic researchers, the collection offers an unprecedented analysis of the subject from a multidisciplinary perspective that embraces theology, sociology and textual criticism in addition to military, political, ecclesiastical, medical and imperial history. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 224 pages 978-1-4094-3000-1 978-1-4094-3001-8 978-1-4094-7442-5 65.00
The Emperor Theophilos and the East, 829842

Court and Frontier in Byzantium during the Last Phase of Iconoclasm
Juan Signes Codoer, University of Valladolid, Spain
Birmingham Byzantine and Ottoman Studies
This book focuses on the impact of political relations with the East, especially the Muslim caliphate, on the reign of the last iconoclast emperor of Byzantium, Theophilos (829842), reinterpreting the major events of the period and their chronology. Separate sections are devoted to the influence of Armenians at the court, the enrolment of Persian rebels against the caliphate in the Byzantine army, the continuous warfare with the Arabs and the cultural exchange with Baghdad, the Khazar problem, and the attitude of the Christian Melkites towards the iconoclast emperor. The final chapter reassesses the image of the emperor as a good ruler, building on the conclusions of the previous sections. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 480 pages 978-0-7546-6489-5 978-1-4094-6986-5 978-1-4094-6987-2 85.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/history
History
English Catholics and the Supernatural, 15531829
Francis Young
Entering a Clerical Career at the Roman Curia, 14581471

Kirsi Salonen, University of Turku, Finland and Jussi Hanska, University of Tampere and University of Helsinki, Finland
Church, Faith and Culture in the Medieval West
Food and War in Mid-TwentiethCentury East Asia

Edited by Katarzyna J. Cwiertka, Leiden University, the Netherlands
War has been both an agent of destruction and a catalyst for innovation. These two, at first sight contradictory, yet mutually constitutive outcomes of war-waging are particularly pronounced in twentieth-century Asia. The disarray of war may halt economic activities and render many aspects of life insignificant but the need for food cannot be ignored and the social action that it requires continues in all circumstances. This book documents the effects of war on the lives of ordinary people through the investigation of a variety of connections that developed between war-waging and the production, distribution, preparation and consumption of food throughout Asia since the 1930s. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 180 pages 978-1-4094-4675-0 978-1-4094-4676-7 978-1-4094-7448-7 60.00
In spite of an upsurge in interest in the social history of the Catholic community and an ever-growing body of literature on early modern superstition and popular religion, the English Catholic communitys response to the invisible world of the preternatural and supernatural has remained largely neglected. Addressing this oversight, this book explores Catholic responses to the supernatural world, setting the English Catholic community in the contexts of the wider Counter-Reformation and the confessional culture of early modern England. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 320 pages 978-1-4094-5565-3 978-1-4094-5566-0 978-1-4724-0162-5 70.00
Building on recent revisionist histories of the quality and ability of the late medieval clergy, this is a comprehensive survey of the ordinations of priests at the Roman curia during the pontificates of Pius II (14581464) and Paul II (14641471). The study analyses archival documentation to reconstruct exactly how young men entered a clerical career, and also what influence practices at the curia had on wider clerical ordinations. The book concentrates especially on the role of the Apostolic Penitentiary in controlling the quality of priest candidates and on the role of Camera Apostolica in carrying out ecclesiastical ordinations in the papal curia. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 262 pages 978-1-4094-2839-8 978-1-4094-2840-4 978-1-4094-8489-9 70.00
English Jesuit Education

Expulsion, Suppression, Survival and Restoration, 17621803
Maurice Whitehead, Swansea University, UK
Analysing a period of hidden history, this book tracks the fate of the English Jesuits and their educational work through three major international crises of the eighteenth century: the Lavalette affair, the universal suppression of the Jesuit order in 1773 and the French Revolution. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 245 pages 978-1-4094-4882-2 978-1-4094-4883-9 978-1-4724-0045-1 65.00
European Contexts for English Republicanism

Edited by Gaby Mahlberg, Northumbria University, UK and Dirk Wiemann, Universitt Potsdam, Germany
Politics and Culture in Europe, 16501750
The Fox-Hunting Controversy, 17812004

Class and Cruelty
Allyson N. May, The University of Western Ontario, Canada
Hugely popular in its own day, Beckfords Thoughts on Hunting is often cited as marking the birth of modern hunting and continues to be quoted from affectionately today by the hunting fraternity. This study explores the attacks made on fox hunting from 1781 to the legal ban achieved in 2004, as well as assessing the reasons for its continued appeal and post-ban survival. Chapters cover debates in the areas of: class and hunting; concerns over cruelty and animal welfare; party politics; the hunt in literature; and nostalgia. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 220 pages 978-1-4094-4220-2 978-1-4094-4221-9 978-1-4094-6069-5 60.00
14
English Students at Leiden University, 15751650

Advancing your abilities in learning and bettering your understanding of the world and state affairs
Daniela Prgler
The oldest and most renowned Dutch university, Leiden was an attractive proposition for travelling foreign students in the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries. Alongside offering an excellent academic program and outstanding facilities, Leiden was also able to cater to the desires of noble students providing various extra-curricular activities. Leiden was the most popular continental university among English students, and this book investigates the 831 English students who studied there between 1575 and 1650. This book is a valuable contribution to the history of early modern universities and will appeal to a wide international readership interested in cultural and intellectual history as well as in Anglo-Dutch relations. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 340 pages 978-1-4094-3712-3 978-1-4094-3713-0 978-1-4094-8404-2 70.00
European Contexts for English Republicanism offers new perspectives on early modern English republicanism through its focus on the Continental reception of and engagement with seventeenth-century English thinkers and political events. Bringing together a range of fresh and original essays by British and European scholars in the field of early modern intellectual history and English studies, this collection of essays revises a one-sided approach to English republicanism and widens the scope of study beyond linguistic and national boundaries by looking at English republicans and their continental networks and legacy. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 242 pages 978-1-4094-5556-1 978-1-4094-5557-8 978-1-4724-0513-5 65.00
Experiences of Poverty in Late Medieval and Early Modern England and France
Edited by Anne M. Scott, The University of Western Australia
Exploring a range of poverty experiences-socioeconomic, moral and spiritual-this collection presents new research by a distinguished group of scholars working in the medieval and early modern periods. Using new sourcesand adopting new approaches to known sources-the authors share insights into the management and the selfmanagement of the poor, and search out aspects of the experience of poverty worthy of note, from which can be traced lasting influences on the continuing understanding and experience of poverty in pre-modern Europe. October 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 354 pages 978-1-4094-4108-3 978-1-4094-4109-0 978-1-4094-8406-6 70.00
Freemasonry and the Press in the Twentieth Century

A National Newspaper Study of England and Wales
Paul Calderwood
By the end of the twentieth century, Freemasonry had acquired an unsavoury reputation as a secretive network of wealthy men looking out for each others interests. The popular view is of an organisation that, if not actually corrupt, is certainly viewed with deep mistrust by the press and wider society. Focusing particularly on the role of the press, this book investigates the transformation of the image of Freemasonry in Britain from respectability to suspicion. Through this examination a number of related social trends are addressed, including the decline of deference, the erosion of privacy, greater competition in the media, the emergence of more aggressive and investigative journalism, the consequences of media isolation and the rise of professional Public Relations. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 279 pages 978-1-4094-5433-5 978-1-4094-5434-2 978-1-4724-0360-5 65.00
ASHGATE
History
From East of Suez to the Eastern Atlantic
British Naval Policy 196470
Edward Hampshire, The National Archives, UK
Haig and Kitchener in Twentieth-Century Britain

Remembrance, Representation and Appropriation
Stephen Heathorn, McMaster University, Canada
Lord Kitchener and Lord Haig are two monumental figures of the First World War. Their reputations, both in their lifetimes and after their deaths, have been attacked and defended, scrutinized and contested. The material representations of Haig and Kitchener were shaped, used and manipulated for official and popular ends by a variety of groups at different times during the twentieth century. The purpose of this study is not to discover the real individual, nor to attack or defend their reputations, rather it is an exploration of how both men have been depicted since their deaths and to consider what this tells us about the nature and meaning of First World War commemoration. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 262 pages 978-0-7546-6965-4 978-1-4094-6608-6 978-1-4094-6609-3 65.00
Jeremias Drexels Christian Zodiac

Seventeenth-Century Publishing Sensation. A Critical Edition, Translated and with an Introduction and Notes
Translated by Nicholas J. Crowe, Centre for Medieval and Renaissance Studies, UK
First published in 1622, Jeremias Drexels Zodiacus christianus (or Christian Zodiac) was a remarkable work of religious iconography and spiritual self-help. Offering the first modern translation into English since the early seventeenth century, this critical edition re-acquaints Anglophone audiences with a sample of the spiritual and philosophical writings of a figure whose significant publication record made him a bestseller during his lifetime and for many decades afterwards. As well as addressing issues of spiritual iconography with relation to signs of predestination, the book also has much to say about authorship, publishing and the dissemination of ideas. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 140 pages 978-1-4094-5212-6 978-1-4094-5213-3 978-1-4094-6483-9 60.00
The book explores British naval policy during the first two governments of Harold Wilson (196470), analysing how the Navy Department of the Ministry of Defence and the Navys professional leadership dealt with six years of defence reviews, retrenchment and strategic re-orientation. Focusing primarily on policy and strategic matters, the book incorporates wider historical consideration, reviewing other factors that influenced policy-making, offering a vivid insight into the interactions of government and military at a critical juncture in changing nature of Britains global role. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 234 pages 978-0-7546-6972-2 978-1-4094-6613-0 978-1-4094-6614-7 65.00
From Oikonomia to Political Economy

Constructing Economic Knowledge from the Renaissance to the Scientific Revolution
Germano Maifreda, Universit degli Studi di Milano, Italy
Renaissance Europe witnessed a surge of interest in science, with new ideas and theories being applied to all aspects of life. Whilst the study of this Scientific Revolution has dramatically shifted our appreciation of many facets of the early-modern world, remarkably little attention has been paid to its influence upon one key area; that of economics. Through an interrogation of the relationship between economic and scientific developments in sixteenth, and seventeenth century Western Europe, this book demonstrates how a new economic epistemology appeared that was to have profound consequences both at the time, and for subsequent generations. November 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 312 pages 978-1-4094-3301-9 978-1-4094-3302-6 978-1-4094-7124-0 70.00
Key Title Henry VIII and the Court

Art, Politics and Performance
Edited by Thomas Betteridge, Oxford Brookes University, UK and Suzannah Lipscomb, New College of the Humanities, UK
After 500 years Henry VIII still retains a public fascination unmatched by any monarch before or since. Through this wide-ranging, yet thematically coherent approach, a fascinating window is opened into the world of Henry VIII and his court. In particular, building on research undertaken over the last ten years, a number of contributors focus on topics that have been neglected by tradition historical writing, for example gender, graffiti and clothing. With contributions from many of the leading scholars of Tudor England, the collection offers not only a snapshot of the latest historical thinking, but also provides a starting point for future research into the world of this colourful, but often misrepresented monarch. February 2013 Hardback 338 pages 978-1-4094-1185-7 70.00
Landscape and Identity in North Americas Southern Colonies from 1660 to 1745
Catherine Armstrong, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
Through an analysis of textual representations of the American landscape, this book looks at how North America appeared in books printed on both sides of the Atlantic between the years 1660 and 1745. A variety of literary genres are examined to discover how authors described the landscape, climate, flora and fauna of America, particularly of the new southern colonies of Carolina and Georgia. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-0663-1 978-1-4094-0664-8 978-1-4094-6506-5 60.00
15
The Guild and Guild Buildings of Shakespeares Stratford

Society, Religion, School and Stage
Edited by J. R. Mulryne, University of Warwick, UK
The guild buildings of Shakespeares Stratford represent a rare instance of a largely unchanged set of buildings which draw together the threads of the towns civic life. With its multi-disciplinary perspectives on this remarkable group of buildings, this volume provides a comprehensive account of the religious, educational, legal, social and theatrical history of Stratford, focusing on the sixteenth century and Tudor Reformation. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 274 pages 978-1-4094-1766-8 978-1-4094-1767-5 978-1-4094-7315-2 65.00
The House of Rothschild in Spain, 18121941

Miguel A. Lpez-Morell, Universidad de Murcia, Spain
Studies in Banking and Financial History
A Linking of Heaven and Earth

Studies in Religious and Cultural History in Honor of Carlos M.N. Eire
Edited by Emily Michelson, University of St Andrews, UK, Scott K. Taylor, University of Kentucky, USA and Mary Noll Venables
Amongst the ranks of capitalists who drove European industrialisation in the nineteenth century, the Rothschilds where amongst the most dynamic and the most successful. Whilst their business interests were of a global nature, this book explores the specific case of Spain, where the House of Rothschild had extensive investments, particularly in the mining and railway sectors. By exploring crucial questions regarding the structure, extent and impact of the Rothschilds Spanish operations, not only do we learn much more about the working of one of the leading financial institutions and the development of the Spanish economy, but a greater understanding of the broader impact of international finance and the flow of capital in the nineteenth century is achieved. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 450 pages 978-0-7546-6800-8 978-1-4094-5113-6 978-1-4724-0424-4 75.00
Carlos M.N. Eires deeply innovative publications have helped to shape new fields of study of the Reformation, intertwining social, intellectual, cultural, and religious history to reveal how, lived beliefs had real and profound implications for social and political life in early modern Europe. Reflecting these themes, this volume celebrates the intellectual legacy of Carlos Eires scholarship, applying his distinctive combination of cultural and religious history to new areas and topics. November 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 272 pages 978-1-4094-3943-1 978-1-4094-5429-8 978-1-4094-7350-3 65.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
History
Matthew Boulton
Enterprising Industrialist of the Enlightenment
Edited by Kenneth Quickenden, Birmingham City University, UK, Sally Baggott, and Malcolm Dick, both at the University of Birmingham, UK
Science, Technology and Culture, 17001945
Memory and Commemoration in Medieval Culture

Edited by Elma Brenner, Meredith Cohen, UCLA, USA and Mary Franklin-Brown, University of Minnesota, USA
Focusing on France but incorporating studies from further afield, this collection of essays marks an important new contribution to the study of medieval memory and commemoration. Arranged thematically, each part highlights how memory cannot be studied in isolation, but instead intersects with many other areas of medieval scholarship, including art history, historiography, intellectual history, and the study of religious culture. Key themes in the study of memory are explored, such as collective memory, the links between memory and identity, the fallibility of memory, and the linking of memory to the future, as an anticipation of what is to come. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 362 pages 978-1-4094-2393-5 978-1-4094-2394-2 978-1-4094-6343-6 70.00
Perspectives on Public Space in Rome, from Antiquity to the Present Day

Edited by Gregory Smith and Jan Gadeyne, Cornell University College, USA
Divided into five chronological sections (Antiquity, Middle Ages, Renaissance, Baroque, Modern and Contemporary) this volume provides readers interested in urban history with a collection of essays on the evolution of public space in that paradigmatic western city which is Rome. Scholars specialised in different historical periods contributed chapters, in order to find common themes which weave their way through one of the most complex urban histories of western civilization. Through this long-term chronological approach the volume offers a truly unique insight into the urban development of one of Europes most important cities. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 378 pages 978-1-4094-6369-6 978-1-4094-6370-2 978-1-4724-0427-5 75.00
Matthew Boulton was a leading industrialist, entrepreneur and Enlightenment figure. Often overshadowed through his association with James Watt, his Soho manufactories put Birmingham at the centre of what has recently been termed The Industrial Enlightenment. Exploring his many activities and manufactures, and the regional, national and international context in which he operated, this publication provides a valuable index to the current state of Boulton studies. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 312 pages 978-1-4094-2218-1 978-1-4094-5432-8 978-1-4094-7334-3 65.00
Medical Consulting by Letter in France, 16651789

Robert Weston, University of Western Australia
The History of Medicine in Context
Pain, Pleasure and Perversity

Discourses of Suffering in Seventeenth Century England
John R. Yamamoto-Wilson, Sophia University, Japan
Luthers 95 Theses begin and end with the concept of suffering, and the question of why a benevolent God allows his creations to suffer remains one of the central issues of religious thought. In order to chart the processes by which discourse relating to pain and suffering became marginalised during the period from the Renaissance to the end of the seventeenth century, this book examines a number of books on the subject translated into English from (mainly) Spanish and Italian. Combing elements of theology, literature and history, this book provides a fascinating perspective on one of the key conundrums of early modern religious history. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 234 pages 978-1-4094-4395-7 978-1-4094-4396-4 978-1-4094-7447-0 60.00
The Philosophy of Gemistos Plethon

Platonism in Late Byzantium, between Hellenism and Orthodoxy
Vojtech Hladk, Charles University, Czech Republic
George Gemistos Plethon (c. 13601454) was a remarkable and influential thinker, active at the time of transition between the Byzantine Middle Ages and the Italian Renaissance. His works cover literary, historical, scientific, but most notably philosophical issues. Plethon is arguably the most important of the Byzantine Platonists and the earliest representative of Platonism in the Renaissance. This book provides a new study of Gemistos philosophy. The first part is dedicated to the discussion of his public philosophy, in the second, most extensive, part of the book the Platonism of Plethon is presented in a systematic way and in the third part the notorious question of the paganism of Gemistos is reconsidered. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF 330 pages 978-1-4094-5294-2 978-1-4094-5295-9 70.00
Ailing seventeenth and eighteenth-century French men and women, members of their families, or their local physician or surgeon, could write to high profile physicians and surgeons seeking expert medical advice. This study, the first full-length examination of the practice of consulting by letter, provides a cohesive portrayal of some of the widespread ailments of French society in the latter part of the early modern period. It makes a unique contribution to the history of medicine, as no other study has been undertaken in the consulting by letter of surgeons, as opposed to physicians.
16
April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB
203 pages 978-1-4094-5217-1 978-1-4094-5218-8 978-1-4094-6500-3
65.00
Meeting Places: Scientific Congresses and Urban Identity in Victorian Britain

Louise Miskell, Swansea University, UK
Science, Technology and Culture, 17001945
Performing Nordic Heritage

Everyday Practices and Institutional Culture
Edited by Peter Aronsson, Linkping University, Sweden, and Lizette Gradn, University of Washington, USA
The Nordic Experience
Preparing for Blockade 18851914

Stephen Cobb
The four national associations studied in this book are the British Association for the Advancement of Science (BAAS), the National Association for the Promotion of Social Science (NAPSS), the Royal Archaeological Institute (RAI) and the Royal Agricultural Society of England (RASE), who held annual meetings in 62 different provincial towns and cities from 1831 to 1884. In this book it is contended that these meetings were as important as royal visits and major civic ceremonies in providing towns with an opportunity to promote their own status and identity. By deploying a wealth of primary source material, this book offers a new and genuinely Britain-wide perspective on a period when comparison and competition with neighbouring places was a constant preoccupation of town leaders. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 183 pages 978-1-4094-5237-9 978-1-4094-5238-6 978-1-4094-6484-6 60.00
The performance of heritage takes place in prestigious institutions such as museums and archives, in officially sanctioned spaces such as jubilees and public monuments, but also in more mundane, ephemeral and banal cultural practices, such as naming of phenomena, viewing exhibitions or walking in the countryside. This volume examines the performance of Nordic heritage and the shaping of the very idea of Norden in diverse contexts in North America, the Baltic and the Nordic countries and examines the importance of these places as sites for creating and preserving cultural heritage. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 364 pages 978-1-4094-4834-1 978-1-4094-4835-8 978-1-4094-7330-5 65.00
It argued in this book that, from the 1880s there was a widely shared, but largely unwritten, strategic acceptance in British naval thinking that in a war with a major power the response would be to attack enemy trade. In line with the current view that seapower depends upon free communications, the book concludes by asserting that the primary role of the Grand Fleet in the First World War was to guarantee the ability of the Northern Blockade to interdict German maritime trade, rather than to engage in large set-piece battles. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 298 pages 978-1-4094-3419-1 978-1-4094-3420-7 978-1-4094-7322-0 65.00
ASHGATE
History
Reforming Reformation
Edited by Thomas F. Mayer, Augustana College, USA
Roscoe and Italy

The Reception of Italian Renaissance History and Culture in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries
Edited by Stella Fletcher
In 1795 William Roscoe (17531831) published a biography of Lorenzo de Medici, which proved so popular that it prompted claims that Roscoe had effectively invented the Italian Renaissance as it has been known by subsequent generations of readers in the English-speaking world. Despite such enthusiastic assertions, however, this collection of essays is the first systematic attempt to examine Roscoe and his contribution towards modern conceptions of the Renaissance. Covering a range of subjects from art history and literature, to politics and culture, the volume provides a fascinating picture both of Roscoe and his historical legacy. November 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 266 pages 978-1-4094-0491-0 978-1-4094-5380-2 978-1-4094-7126-4 65.00
The Thinking Space

The Cafe as a Cultural Institution in Paris, Italy and Vienna
Edited by Leona Rittner, W. Scott Haine and Jeffrey H, Jackson
The cafe as an institutional site has been the subject of renewed interest amongst scholars in the past decade, and its role in the development of art, ideas and culture has been explored in some detail. However, few have investigated the ways in which cafes create a cultural and intellectual space which brings together multiple influences and intellectual practices and shapes the urban settings of which they are a part. This volume brings together an international group of scholars who consider cafes as sites of intellectual discourse from across Europe during the long modern period. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-1-4094-3879-3 978-1-4094-3880-9 978-1-4094-7325-1 65.00
The Reformation used to be singular: a unique event that happened within a tidily circumscribed period of time, in a tightly constrained area and largely because of a single individual. Few students of early modern Europe would now accept this view. Offering a broad overview of current scholarly thinking, this collection undertakes a fundamental rethinking of the many and varied meanings of the term concept and label reformation, particularly with regard to the Catholic Church. This volume will prove essential reading to anyone interested in early modern religious history. December 2012 Hardback 266 pages 978-1-4094-5154-9 65.00
Religion, Identity and Conflict in Britain: From the Restoration to the Twentieth Century
Essays in Honour of Keith Robbins
Edited by Stewart J. Brown, University of Edinburgh, UK, Frances Knight, University of Nottingham, UK, and John Morgan-Guy, University of Wales, UK
The British state between the mid-seventeenth century to the early twentieth century, was essentially a Christian state, in which Christianity permeated all aspects of society. This book brings together a distinguished team of authors who explore the interactions of religion, politics and culture that shaped and defined modern Britain. They consider expressions of civic consciousness in the expanding towns and cities, the growth of Welsh national identity, movements for popular education and temperance reform, and the influence of organised sport, popular journalism, and historical writing in defining national life. Most importantly, the contributors highlight the vital role of religious faith and religious institutions in the understanding of the modern British state. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 271 pages 978-1-4094-5148-8 978-1-4094-5149-5 978-1-4094-7222-3 65.00
Scholarly Self-Fashioning and Community in the Early Modern University

Edited by Richard Kirwan, University of St Andrews, UK
A greater fluidity in social relations and hierarchies was experienced across Europe in the early modern period, a consequence of the major political and religious upheavals of the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries. During this time university scholars demonstrated a great energy when characterising themselves socially as learned men. This book investigates the significance and implications of academic self-fashioning throughout Europe in the early modern period. It describes a general and growing deliberation in the fashioning of individual, communal and categorical academic identity in this period and explores the reasons for this growing selfconsciousness among scholars, and the effects social and political, desired and real of its expression. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 207 pages 978-1-4094-3797-0 978-1-4094-3798-7 978-1-4094-7324-4 65.00
Veteran MPs and Conservative Politics in the Aftermath of the Great War
The Memory of All That
Richard Carr, University of East Anglia, UK
Between 1918 and 1939, 448 men who performed uniformed service in the First World War became Conservative MPs. This relatively high-profile cohort have been under-explored as a distinct body, yet a study of their experiences of the war and the ways in which they and the Conservative Party represented those experiences to the voting public reveals much about the political culture of Interwar Britain and the use of the Great War as political capital. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 203 pages 978-1-4094-4103-8 978-1-4094-4104-5 978-1-4094-6501-0 65.00
17
Worship and the Parish Church in Early Modern Britain

Edited by Natalie Mears and Alec Ryrie, both at Durham University, UK
Key Title Richard Hakluyt and Travel Writing in Early Modern Europe
Edited by Daniel Carey, National University of Ireland, Republic of Ireland and Claire Jowitt, University of Southampton, UK
Hakluyt Society, Extra Series
Substitute for Power

Wartime British Propaganda to the Balkans, 193944
Ioannis Stefanidis, Aristotle University of Thessaloniki, Greece
Organised thematically and geographically, this book explores British wartime propaganda directed at the Balkans from the outbreak of the Second World War to the German withdrawal. It addresses not only the organisational tangle, techniques and evolving aims of British wartime propaganda, but also its relation to military strategy and diplomacy, revealing much about British beliefs about the region and its peoples, moral issues and planning for the post-war period. November 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 330 pages 978-1-4094-5502-8 978-1-4094-5503-5 978-1-4094-7224-7 70.00
In this volume, ten leading scholars of early modern religion explore the experience of parish worship in England during the Reformation and the century that followed it. Including a variety of disciplinary approaches, the contributors demonstrate how parish worship in this period was of critical theological, cultural and even political importance. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 224 pages 978-1-4094-2604-2 978-1-4094-5544-8 978-1-4724-0161-8 65.00
Richard Hakluyt, best known as editor of The Principal Navigations (1589; expanded 15981600), was a key figure in promoting early modern English colonial and commercial expansion. His work spanned every area of English activity and aspiration, from Muscovy to America, from Africa to the Near East, and India to China and Japan, providing up-to-date information and establishing an ideological framework for English rivalries with Spain, Portugal, France, and the Netherlands. This interdisciplinary collection of 24 essays brings together the best international scholarship on Hakluyt, revising our picture of the influences on his work, his editorial practice and his impact. August 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 398 pages 978-1-4094-0017-2 978-1-4094-4800-6 978-1-4094-6174-6 65.00
Young People and the Shaping of Public Space in Melbourne, 18701914

Simon Sleight, Monash University, Australia and Kings College London, UK
Ashgate Studies in Childhood, 1700 to the Present
Using turn-of-the-century Melbourne as a prime historical location for investigating the relationship between a discourse of youth, youthful experience and the shaping of new urban spaces, Sleight examines the uses of public space for purposes of play, street work, consumerism, courtship, gang-related activities and civic parades. A dynamic youth culture is revealed, flourishing in city spaces well before the arrival of the teenager as a popular concern in the mid-twentieth century. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-1-4094-3244-9 978-1-4094-3245-6 978-1-4724-0289-9 55.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
History
SERIES
The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires
Series Editor: Philippa Levine, University of Texas, USA
The global reach of imperialism makes it both an important and a complex topic that requires a multicountry perspective and a comparative framework. This four volume series collects together many of the most influential articles on the topic and offers a broad choice of themes, geographies and interpretations of the impact and importance of empires, their making, their rule and their demise. Each volume takes up a different theme such that the reader has access to the perspectives of both coloniser and colonised in a variety of settings across the full range of modern empires. Classic articles are well represented as are recent scholarly trends in the field. All four volumes are edited by leading scholars in the field, and the series constitutes an inclusive reference resource for libraries, students and academic researchers interested in every aspect of modern
Aspects of Book Culture in Early Modern England

Tom A. Birrell and Jos Blom, both at Radboud University Nijmegen, The Netherlands
The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires, Volume III

Economics and Politics
Edited by Sarah Stockwell, Kings College London, UK
Few aspects of the history of modern empires are of such significance as their economics and politics. The articles and chapters which are brought together in this volume relate not only to the European colonial empires, but also to the Napoleonic, Russian and Japanese empires. The collection is strongly comparative in approach with the articles arranged into thematic sections and the substantial introduction explores the themes and identifies key historiographical trends in relation to each. June 2013 Hardback 608 pages 978-1-4094-3275-3
Variorum Collected Studies Series: 1025
Thomas Anthony Birrell (19242011) was a man of many parts but first and foremost he was a bibliographer and a book historian. The present collection contains fifteen of his book-historical articles, two reviews and one published version of a lecture for the illustrious Association Internationale de Bibliophilie. The lecture with a wealth of illustrations about the British Library as the Custodian of the Unique gives one a sense of Birrells ability to present an audience with a complicated topic in comprehensible, but not simplified, terms. The reviews serve as a statement of principle of how to tackle the subject of English readers and books and the standards that ought to apply. April 2013 Hardback 280 pages 978-1-4094-5569-1 85.00
www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409455691 175.00
The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires, Volume IV

Reactions to Colonialism
Edited by Martin Shipway, University of London, UK
The collection of essays in this volume offers an overview of scholarly approaches to the ways in which diverse actors, representing the colonised or the colonising nations, or indeed the international community, reacted to colonialism during the lifetime of the modern colonial empires or in their aftermath. The coverage is broad in terms of geographical scope and historical period and reflects recent academic trends by focusing on countries whose colonial past and experience of decolonisation have been studied and debated with particular intensity, such as Algeria, Kenya and India. June 2013 Hardback 608 pages 978-1-4094-3856-4 175.00
The Celebration of the Saints in Byzantine Art and Liturgy

Nancy Patterson evcenko
Variorum Collected Studies Series
The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires, Volume I

Social Organization
Edited by Owen White, University of Delaware, USA
This collection brings together articles that explore the diverse impact of modern empires on societies around the world since 1800. Covering not only western European nations but also the Ottomans, Russians and Japanese, whose empires are less frequently addressed in collections, this volume shows how the lives of colonised peoples were changed in multiple ways and discusses the varied approaches and outcomes of colonial rule. June 2013 Hardback 566 pages 978-1-4094-3397-2 175.00
18
The studies in this volume all deal with images and texts that relate to the veneration of the saints in Byzantium after the 9th century. Some papers are devoted to the church calendar and the annual commemorations of hundreds of saints through liturgical poetry and sequences of isolated images in fresco, icon painting and illuminated manuscripts. Others are concerned with the longer and rarer, narrative cycles devoted to the life of a single saint, cycles found mainly in fresco and on the so-called vita icons that first appear in the East in the late 12th century. Additional studies deal with the developing role of icons in liturgical ceremonies, and with images of a saint being approached by a supplicant or patron. A final section is devoted to places made holy by the saints, and to their holy relics. January 2013 Hardback 384 pages 978-1-4094-1160-4 100.00
The Rise and Fall of Modern Empires, Volume II

Colonial Knowledges
Edited by Saul Dubow, University of Sussex, UK
This volume reproduces key historical texts concerning `colonial knowledges. The use of the adjective `colonial indicates that knowledge is shaped by power relationships, while the use of the plural form, knowledges indicates the emphasis in this collection is on an interplay between different, often competing, cognitive systems. George Balandiers notion of the colonial situation is an organising principle that runs throughout the volume, and there are four sub-themes. An introductory essay links the themes together and explains the significance of the individual articles. June 2013 Hardback 576 pages 978-1-4094-3666-9 175.00

Edited by Philippa Levine, University of Texas, USA
July 2013 Set 978-1-4094-3997-4 630.00
Chaucer, Langland, and Fourteenth-Century Literary History

Anne Middleton and Steven Justice, both at the University of California, USA
www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409439974 Order online at www.ashgate.com and save a further 10%
Anne Middletons essays have been among the most vigorous, learned, and influential in the field of medieval English literature. Their crux-busting energies have illuminated local obscurities with generous learning lightly wielded. Their historically and theoretically informed meditations on the nature of poetic discourse traced how the generation of Chaucer and Langland devised a category of the literary that could embody a ethos of engaged, worldly consensus and make that consensus available to imaginative and rational consideration. And their reflections on the enterprise of literary study found a rational way, free of cant, to understand the work of the literary scholar. March 2013 Hardback 300 pages 978-1-4094-4492-3 85.00
ASHGATE
History
Churches, Castles and Landscape in the Frankish East
Denys Pringle, Cardiff University, UK
Latin Expansion in the Medieval Western Mediterranean

Edited by Eleanor A. Congdon, Youngstown State University, USA
The Expansion of Latin Europe, 10001500
Piety and Politics in Britain, 14th15th Centuries

The Essays of John A.F. Thomson
John A.F. Thomson, University of Oxford, UK
The sixteen studies brought together in this book are the product of the many years that Denys Pringle has spent investigating the material evidence for Latin settlement in Syria and Palestine in the twelfth and thirteenth centuries. Focusing on the building remains of churches and castles and their relationship to the landscape some of the themes that it explores include: the influence that such factors as existing local architectural traditions and the need to accommodate visiting pilgrims may have had on the design of Latin churches and religious houses; the architecture of the Cistercian houses in the kingdom of Jerusalem and the insights that the geographical distribution of church buildings gives into the extent of Christian settlement in the 12th and 13th centuries. January 2013 Hardback 364 pages 978-1-4094-5497-7 95.00
Edited by Eleanor Congdon, with an introduction by Felipe Fernndez-Armesto and James Muldoon, this collection of classic studies illuminates the problems of how the Latin expansion occurred and why it was slow and limited. The volume broaches fundamental questions of Mediterranean history formulated by Henri Pirenne and Fernand Braudel. Important work by Maria Teresa Ferrer I Mallol appears in translation for the first time, alongside pieces by such leading authorities as David Abulafia, Robert I. Burns, S.J., Miguel Angel Ladero Quesada, and Hilmar C. Krueger. June 2013 Hardback 420 pages 978-1-4094-5509-7 100.00
On the eve of the Reformation, religious beliefs were shaped by a church which was falling under the growing control of the state, and by responses to Englands one and only heretical movement, Lollardy. The studies presented in this book frequently explore major change through the experience of the middling sort: the gentry active in local government, the English merchants and Scottish immigrants making important life choices in major cities, or the industrious clerics charged with the routine administration of the church. This volume explores a range of topics during this turbulent period in British history, with particular emphasis on political change and popular piety. January 2013 Hardback 296 pages 978-1-4094-4636-1 85.00
The Expansion of Central Europe in the Middle Ages

Edited by Nora Berend, University of Cambridge, UK
The Northern-Eastern Frontiers of Medieval Europe

The Expansion of Latin Christendom in the Baltic Lands
Edited by Alan V. Murray, University of Leeds, UK
Studies in Medieval Muslim Thought and History

Wilferd Madelung, University of Oxford, UK and Sabine Schmidtke, Freie Universitt, Germany
This volume brings together a set of key studies on the history of medieval Central Europe (Bohemia, Hungary, Poland), along with others specially commissioned for the book or translated, and a new introduction. This region was both an area of immigration, and one of polities in expansion. Topics covered include the settlement of previously empty lands, rulers attempts to incorporate new territories, and the significance of German immigration, which is much more nuanced and complex than often presented. January 2013 Hardback 544 pages 978-1-4094-2245-7 135.00
By the mid-twelfth century the lands on the eastern coast of the Baltic Sea, from Finland to the frontiers of Poland, were Catholic Europes final frontier: a vast, undeveloped expanse of lowlands, forest and waters, inhabited by peoples belonging to the Finnic and Baltic language groups. This volume presents 21 key studies (2 of them translated from German for the first time) on this crucial period in the development of North-Eastern Europe, dealing with crusade and conversion, the establishment of Western rule, settlement and society, and the development of towns, trade and the economy. It includes a classified bibliography of the main works published in Western languages since World War II together with an introduction by the editor. April 2013 Hardback 420 pages 978-1-4094-3680-5 100.00
This volume complements the selections of Wilferd Madelungs articles previously published by Variorum (Religious Schools and Sects in Medieval Islam, Religious and Ethnic Movements in Medieval Islam and Studies in Medieval Shi ism). The first sections contain articles examining intellectual and historical aspects of Mutazilism, the Ibiyya, Hanafism and Mturidism, Sufism and Philosophy. The final group of articles focuses on aspects of early Muslim history. A detailed index completes the volume. March 2013 Hardback 300 pages 978-1-4094-5012-2
19
85.00
Frankish History
Studies in the Construction of Power
Paul Fouracre, University of Manchester, UK
The volume consists of sixteen papers on the history of Francia between the seventh and eleventh centuries. Originally published between 1979 and 2009, the papers are arranged around three interlinking themes: the relationship between History and Hagiography, the history of Francia under the respective regimes of the Merovingan and Carolingian kings, and the problem of how states with weak governing institutions were able to exercise power over large areas. March 2013 Hardback 368 pages 978-1-4094-5159-4 90.00
The Ottoman World, the Mediterranean and North Africa, 16601760

Colin Heywood, University of Hull, UK
Studies on Sufism in Central Asia

Devin DeWeese, Indiana University, USA
Late Antiquity on the Eve of Islam

Edited by Averil Cameron, University of Oxford, UK
The Formation of the Classical Islamic World
Heywoods second volume of collected papers in the Variorum series brings together fourteen studies published between 2000 and 2010. They represent two of the main strands of his interests during the past decade: the era of Ottoman history dominated by the ministerial family of Kprl; and the maritime history of the postBraudelian Mediterranean, in the later 17th and early 18th centuries, with a particular focus on the English maritime and commercial presence in Algiers. May 2013 Hardback 336 pages 978-1-4094-6482-2
Studies on Sufism in Central Asia reproduces 12 studies which explore previously unstudied sources with an eye to identifying prominent developments in the social and organisational history of the major Sufi groupings of the region from the 13th to the 17th century. In terms of specific Sufi traditions they reflect DeWeeses attention to groups and individuals that might be identified as Kubravi, Yasavi, and Khwajagani/Naqshband. Four studies focus entirely on Kubravi circles, five on Yasavi subjects with one each on the Khwajagan, Yasavi-Naqshbandi relations and another exploring a group that falls outside these labels. December 2012 Hardback 374 pages 978-1-4094-4392-6 90.00
www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409443926 85.00
Cameron, herself one of the leading scholars of late antiquity and Byzantium, has chosen eleven key articles that together give a rounded picture of the most important trends in late antique scholarship over the last decades, and provide a coherent context for the emergence of the new religion. A substantial introduction, with a detailed bibliography, surveys the present state of the field, as well as discussing some recent themes in Quranic and early Islamic scholarship from the point of view of a late antique historian. April 2013 Hardback 480 pages 978-1-4094-0070-7
100.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
Human Factors and Aviation

Key Title Airline Finance
Fourth Edition Peter S. Morrell
Thoroughly amended and updated throughout, the fourth edition reflects the many developments that have affected the industry, with a particular emphasis on the full impact of the global banking and sovereign debt crises. This edition also features new material discussing the increased airline mergers and acquisitions (M&A) activity of recent years, and considers the likelihood of further consolidation in the future. May 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 300 pages 978-1-4094-5278-2 978-1-4094-5279-9 978-1-4094-5280-5 978-1-4094-7415-9 30.00 65.00
International Aviation Law

A Practical Guide
Ronald I.C. Bartsch
International Aviation Law: A Practical Guide explains the international context and application of the law as it applies to commercial and recreational aviation, and to the broader aviation environment. It provides an introduction to all aspects of aviation law and to the legal duties and responsibility of aircrew and other aviation personnel. It also offers advice on how to avoid or minimise legal liability for aviation practitioners and enthusiasts. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 380 pages 978-1-4094-3287-6 978-1-4094-3288-3 978-1-4094-7197-4 65.00
Misunderstandings in ATC Communication

Language, Cognition, and Experimental Methodology
Immanuel Barshi, NASA Ames Research Center, USA and Candace Farris, McGill University, Canada
Ashgate Studies in Human Factors for Flight Operations
Misunderstandings in ATC Communication offers an in-depth report of a seminal study in aviation communication, which until now has only been available in the form of an unpublished dissertation. In addition, it offers a recent extension of that work, the authors reflections on the research process, and a thorough review of the aviation communication literature. Graduate students and researchers who wish to address real-world problems will appreciate the simple elegance of the studys experimental paradigm. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 236 pages 978-0-7546-7973-8 978-0-7546-9933-0 978-1-4094-7410-4 55.00
Driver Distraction and Inattention

Advances in Research and Countermeasures, Volume 1
Edited by Michael. A. Regan, University of New South Wales, Australia, Trent W. Victor, Volvo Technology, Sweden and John D. Lee, University of WisconsinMadison, USA
Human Factors in Road and Rail Transport
Key Title Introduction to Air Transport Economics

From Theory to Applications
Second Edition
Here is a comprehensive textbook that applies economic theory to all aspects of the aviation industry. Extensively updated throughout, it features new coverage of macroeconomics for managers, expanded analysis of modern revenue management and pricing decisions, and also reflects developments that have occurred since the originals publication. Instructors will find this edition easier to use in class, and suitable for a wider variety of undergraduate or graduate course structures. Industry practitioners will find it more intuitively organised and user friendly. January 2013 Hardback Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 512 pages 978-1-4094-5486-1 978-1-4094-5487-8 978-1-4094-5488-5 978-1-4724-0024-6 80.00 30.00
New Tools, Old Tasks

Safety Implications of New Technologies and Work Processes for Integrated Operations in the Petroleum Industry
Torgeir K. Haavik, NTNU Social Research, Norway
New Tools, Old Tasks explores how Integrated Operations (IO) will influence the safety of offshore drilling operations. The book is based on several years of practical experience combined with a research study on the safety of IO within the drilling domain. The book explores how safety can be understood in the change process of Integrated Operations, and provides recommendations for how IO may be developed and implemented in a way that will benefit both safety and efficiency. August 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 180 pages 978-1-4094-5029-0 978-1-4094-5030-6 978-1-4724-0391-9 55.00
20
In the United States, around 20 percent of all Policereported road crashes involve driver distraction as a contributing factor. The situation is similar in other countries. This book adds to the accumulating evidence-base on driver distraction and inattention. Itprovides important new perspectives on the definition and meaning of driver distraction and inattention, themechanisms that characterise them, themeasurement of their effects, strategies for mitigating their effects, and recommendations for further research. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 464 pages 978-1-4094-2585-4 978-1-4094-2586-1 978-1-4094-7413-5 70.00
Liberalization in Aviation
Competition, Cooperation and Public Policy
Liberalization in Aviation brings together renowned academics and practitioners from around the world to address all three questions and draw policy conclusions. The book is divided into five sections, in turn dealing with aspects of competition in various liberalised markets, the emergence and growth of low-cost carriers, horizontal mergers and alliances, infrastructures, and concluding with economic assessments of liberalisation steps so far and proposed steps in the future. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 430 pages 978-1-4094-5090-0 978-1-4094-5091-7 978-1-4724-0128-1 70.00
Key Title Human Factors Methods

A Practical Guide for Engineering and Design
Second Edition Neville A. Stanton, University of Southampton, UK, Paul M. Salmon, Monash University, Australia, Laura A. Rafferty, University of Southampton, UK Guy H. Walker, Heriot-Watt University, Edinburgh, UK, Chris Baber, University of Birmingham, UK, and Daniel P . Jenkins, DCA Design International, UK
This second edition of Human Factors Methods: A Practical Guide for Engineering and Design now presents 107 design and evaluation methods including numerous refinements to those that featured in the original. The book acts as an ergonomics methods manual, aiding both students and practitioners. Offering a how-to text on a substantial range of ergonomics methods, the eleven sections represent the different categories of ergonomics methods and techniques that can be used in the evaluation and design process. April 2013 Hardback Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 720 pages 978-1-4094-5753-4 978-1-4094-5754-1 978-1-4094-5755-8 978-1-4724-0815-0 100.00 45.00
Operational Decision-making in High-hazard Organizations

Drawing a Line in the Sand
Jan Hayes, Australian National University, Australia
This book describes research on safety-related decisionmaking by operations supervisory personnel in three different high-hazard industries, and features a case study illustrating each: a chemical plant, a nuclear power station and an air-navigation service provider. The focus of this research is unique: those who supervise the frontline personnel and essentially provide the organisational link between senior management and minute-by-minute system operations. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 264 pages 978-1-4094-2384-3 978-1-4094-2385-0 978-1-4094-7412-8 65.00
ASHGATE
Human Geography
Safety and Quality in Medical Transport Systems
Creating an Effective Culture
Edited by John W. Overton, Jr. and Eileen Frazer
You can attribute most helicopter EMS (emergency medical service) accidents and many ground ambulance accidents to human factors and systems designs that lead to poor decision-making. Management commitment is vital to maintain a culture that supports risk assessment, accountability, professionalism and organisational dynamics. This volume by The Commission on Accreditation of Medical Transport Systems (CAMTS) addresses this need. It offers insights and solutions that can be used by EMS, Fire and Rescue, public and private services, and professional emergency and transport professionals worldwide. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 390 pages 978-1-4094-3540-2 978-1-4094-3541-9 978-1-4094-7198-1 70.00
Key Title The Ashgate Research Companion to Critical Geopolitics

Edited by Klaus Dodds, University of London, UK, Merje Kuus, University of British Columbia, Canada and Joanne Sharp, University of Glasgow, UK
Bringing together leading researchers associated with the different forms of critical geopolitics, this volume produces an overview of its achievements, limitations, and areas of new and potential future development. The Companion is designed to serve as a key resource for an interdisciplinary group of scholars and practitioners interested in the spatiality of politics. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 570 pages 978-1-4094-2380-5 978-1-4094-2381-2 978-1-4094-7266-7 90.00
The Car Dependent Society

A European Perspective
Hans Jeekel
Transport and Society
The dependency of Western societies on the car is a unique situation in history, but does not get much attention; car use is seen as just a normal situation. The population at large knows the risks, knows the disadvantages, experiences the advantages and keeps driving. Using data from Western Europe, this book examines three key themes: frequent car use, car dependence, and the future of passenger car mobility in societies. In conclusion, in modern Western risk societies, more attention needs to be paid to car dependence, its driving forces, its advantages, its problems and challenges for the future. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 272 pages 978-1-4094-3827-4 978-1-4094-3828-1 978-1-4094-8478-3 65.00
Trapping Safety into Rules

How Desirable or Avoidable is Proceduralization?
Edited by Corinne Bieder and Mathilde Bourrier, University of Geneva, Switzerland
Once safety is involved, there seems to be an irresistible push towards more norms, procedures and processes, whatever the context. This book is not a plea against proceduralisation, but it does take the view that it is time to reassess how far it can still go and to what benefit. There is a growing suspicion that the path taken might in fact lead to a dead end, unless the concept of procedure and the conditions under which procedures develop are revisited. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-1-4094-5226-3 978-1-4094-5227-0 978-1-4094-7414-2 55.00
Key Title The Ashgate Research Companion to Planning and Culture

Edited by Greg Young, Macquarie University, Australia and Deborah Stevenson, University of Western Sydney, Australia
This Companion brings together leading experts from around the world to map the contours of the relationship between planning and culture and to present these inextricably linked concepts and issues together in one place. By examining significant trends in varying national and international contexts, the contributors scrutinise the theories and practices of both planning and culture and explore not only their interface, but significant divergences and tensions. In doing so, this collection provides the first comprehensive overview and analysis of planning and culture, interdisciplinary and international in scope. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 410 pages 978-1-4094-2224-2 978-1-4094-2225-9 978-1-4094-7161-5 85.00
Carceral Spaces
Mobility and Agency in Imprisonment and Migrant Detention
Edited by Dominique Moran, University of Birmingham, UK, Nick Gill, University of Exeter, UK and Deirdre Conlon, St Peters University, USA
This book draws together the work of a new community of scholars with a growing interest in carceral geography. It combines work by geographers on mainstream penal establishments where people are incarcerated by the prevailing legal system, with geographers recent work on migrant detention centres, where irregular migrants and refused asylum seekers are detained ostensibly pending decisions on admittance or repatriation. This book presents a timely addition to emergent interdisciplinary scholarship that will prompt dialogue among those working in geography, criminology and prison sociology. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 228 pages 978-1-4094-4268-4 978-1-4094-4269-1 978-1-4724-0003-1 55.00
21
Find out about new books
Sign up for our free monthly email update in your subject area. Visit ashgate.com/updates or email ashgateupdates@ashgatepublishing.com Wartime Destruction (letting us know which subject area/s you are Reconstruction interested in).
The Blitz and its Legacy

to Post-War
Chinas Disappearing Countryside

Towards Sustainable Land Governance for the Poor
Yongjun Zhao, University of Groningen, The Netherlands
This book examines the linkages between land tenure, development and governance in the context of Chinas development transformation. Drawing on empirical studies, it advocates the exploration of innovative land tenure systems that address the wider determinants: institutions, power, politics and social development. The book takes a paradigm shift away from those focusing on the narrow meaning of land rights and tenure security strengthening, as these approaches can paradoxically contribute to weaker land and resource governance. The lessons learnt from China also shed light on its global engagement on sustainable development and governance issues. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 160 pages 978-1-4094-2821-3 978-1-4094-2822-0 978-1-4094-8475-2 55.00
Edited by Mark Clapson, University of Westminster, UK and Peter J. Larkham, Birmingham City University, UK
The Blitz and Its Legacy is a fascinating volume which includes war experiences of destruction, architecture, urban design, the political process of planning and reconstruction, and also popular perceptions of rebuilding. Its findings provide very timely lessons which highlight the value of learning from historical precedent. Drawing together leading scholars and new researchers from across the fields of planning, history, architecture and geography, this volume presents an historical and cultural commentary on the immediate and longer-term impacts of wartime destruction March 2013 Hardback 214 pages 978-1-4094-3698-0 55.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/geography
Human Geography
Courtyard Housing and Cultural Sustainability
Theory, Practice, and Product
Donia Zhang, Oxford Brookes University, UK
Design and the Built Environment
Dry Ports A Global Perspective

Challenges and Developments in Serving Hinterlands
Edited by Gordon Wilmsmeier, Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean (ECLAC), Rickard Bergqvist, Gothenburg University, Sweden and Kevin Cullinane, Edinburgh Napier University, UK
Transport and Society
Geographies of Mobilities: Practices, Spaces, Subjects

Edited by Tim Cresswell, University of London, UK and Peter Merriman, Aberystwyth University, UK
Geographers have always had an interest in mobility, but as yet they have not viewed this in the same mobility turn as in other disciplines where it has been used to critique the standard approaches to the subjects. This text brings together leading academics to provide a revitalised geography of mobilities informed by this wider mobility turn. It makes connections between the seemingly disparate sub-disciplinary worlds of migration, transport and tourism, suggesting that each has much to learn from each other through the ontological and epistemological concern for mobility. January 2013 Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 288 pages 978-1-4094-5365-9 978-1-4094-1782-8 978-1-4094-8891-0 25.00
Using an innovative architectural and social science approach, this book examines the political, economic, social and spatial factors that affect cultural sustainability. Supported by a multiplicity of data including: field surveys, interviews with residents, architects, and planners, time diaries, drawings, photos, planning documents, observation notes, and real estate brochures, the book proposes new courtyard garden house design strategies that promote healthy communities and human care for one another, a concept that is universally applicable. It provides a holistic view, encompassing eastern and western tangible and intangible cultures in the theorisation of cultural sustainability. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 330 pages 978-1-4094-0503-0 978-1-4094-0504-7 978-1-4094-7158-5 65.00
As centres for logistics activities, seaports have traditionally been the focus of maritime logistics chains. However, changes in production patterns, supported by the development of rapid transport of goods over long distances, have altered the logistics landscape. Comprised of case studies and state of the art examples of measures taken in different parts of the world with varying economic, social, institutional and environmental realities, this book shows the complexity and diverse approaches of the development of inland ports, terminal and dryports. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 266 pages 978-1-4094-4424-4 978-1-4094-4425-1 978-1-4094-7270-4 60.00
Green Oslo
Visions, Planning and Discourse
Edited by Mark Luccarelli and Per Gunnar Re, both at the University of Oslo, Norway
Urban Planning and Environment
Creative Economies in Post-Industrial Cities

Manufacturing a (Different) Scene
Edited by Myrna Breitbart, Hampshire College, USA
Re-materialising Cultural Geography
Fair Shared Cities

The Impact of Gender Planning in Europe
Edited by Ins Snchez de Madariaga, Universidad Politcnica de Madrid, Spain and Marion Roberts, University of Westminster, UK
Bringing together a diverse team of leading scholars and professionals, this book offers a variety of insights into ongoing gender mainstreaming policies in Europe with a focus on urban/spatial planning. Gender mainstreaming was first legislated for in the European Union with the Treaty of Amsterdam in 1999 and, although many interesting developments have occurred throughout the decade that followed, there is still much to do in terms of policy, knowledge production, dissemination and education. This work contributes to all three objectives, by advancing the state of knowledge, as well as providing educational and professional tools in the field of gender sensitive planning in Europe. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 300 pages 978-1-4094-1024-9 978-1-4094-1025-6 978-1-4094-7160-8 65.00
22
There has been much written on the new creative economy, but most work focuses on the so-called creative class, with lifestyle preferences that favour trendy new restaurants, mountain biking, and late night clubbing. This creative class, flagship cultural destinations, and other forms of commodity-driven cultural production, now occupy a relatively uncritical place in the revitalisation schemes of most cities up and down the urban hierarchy. In contrast, this book focuses on small- to medium-size post-industrial cities in the U.S., Canada, and Europe that are trying to redress the effects of deindustrialisation and economic decline through cultural economic regeneration. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 300 pages 978-1-4094-1084-3 978-1-4094-1085-0 978-1-4724-0441-1 65.00
As urban regions face the demand to decrease fossil fuel dependency, many cities in the developing world are undertaking initiatives designed to create a greener city by aiming for a more sustainable form of urban development and, to do so, they need to evaluate existing modes of transportation and patterns of land use. This book provides an opportunity for a critical assessment of the limitations and opportunities inherent in green Oslo and suggests the need for much broader integrative approaches. It concludes by highlighting lessons which other cities might learn from Oslo. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 308 pages 978-1-4094-3896-0 978-1-4094-3897-7 978-1-4094-7351-0 65.00
Drought and the Human Story

Braving the Bull of Heaven
R.L. Heathcote, Flinders University, Australia
This study of the human conceptualisation of drought in a global setting examines the historical record from early human society through to present day concerns to explore how and why attitudes to drought have changed and why the mitigation of its impacts has become more difficult. To offer a more lasting strategy for protection against drought, the author argues that physical scientists need to combine their skills in understanding global ecology and their technological expertise with the social scientists awareness of the socio-economic, political and cultural contexts in which modern societies operate. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 318 pages 978-1-4094-0501-6 978-1-4094-0502-3 978-1-4094-7265-0 65.00
Key Title An Introduction to Landscape and Garden Design and Practice

Second Edition James Blake, James Blake Associates, UK
How do you design a landscape book suitable for its intended uses? How can the natural qualities of a landscape be enhanced with new features and focal points? How can you make pedestrians stay on the footpath? What kind of plant, path or wall should you put where, and what sort of contract should you choose for your clients contractor? This refreshing, down-to-earth book answers these questions, guiding new students through the many facets of professional practice and welding together the artistic, legal, financial, environmental and management issues which can seem so dauntingly disconnected. February 2013 Paperback Hardback 350 pages 978-0-7546-7486-3 978-0-7546-7485-6 35.00 70.00
From the Ground Up

Community Gardens in New York City and the Politics of Spatial Transformation
Efrat Eizenberg, Technion, Israel Institute of Technology
Re-materialising Cultural Geography
Some 650 community gardens dot the city of New York. These gardens are attended by some of the least advantaged residents of the city. Urban residents use these spaces for horticulture, recreation, social gatherings and artistic and cultural events. This book shows how, in the process of attempting to protect these highly contested spaces, residents developed as community leaders and urban activists. Taking an interdisciplinary approach to follow the political development of urban residents, the book examines how everyday spatial practices, social interactions, the production of alternative urban space and the generation of new urban knowledge render community gardeners into important social actors in the urban scene. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 218 pages 978-1-4094-2909-8 978-1-4094-2910-4 978-1-4094-7267-4 55.00
ASHGATE
Human Geography
Jaqueline Tyrwhitt: A Transnational Life in Urban Planning and Design
Ellen Shoshkes, Portland State University, USA
New Visualities, New Technologies

The New Ecstasy of Communication
Edited by Hille Koskela, University of Helsinki, Finland and J. Macgregor Wise, Arizona State University, USA
Bringing together a transdisciplinary team of leading scholars and artists from North America, Europe and Asia, this volume documents and theorises this new visibility. It focuses on the proliferation of a range of new visual technologies, examining questions of subjectivity, agency, and surveillance as well as mapping and theorising new practices of visuality within this new visual assemblage. New Visualities, New Technologies addresses the pressing need for the conceptual understanding of new forms of seeing, looking, presenting and hiding. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 300 pages 978-1-4094-0357-9 978-1-4094-0358-6 978-1-4724-0443-5 55.00
The Radicals City: Urban Environment, Polarisation, Cohesion

Ralf Brand, University of Manchester, UK and Sara Fregonese, University of Birmingham, UK
Jaqueline Tyrwhitt, a British town planner, editor and educator who was at the center of the group of people who shaped the postwar Modern Movement played a central role in Twentieth Century design history and yet her contributions to planning and urban design education and practice, mapping, CIAM discourse are largely unacknowledged. This intellectual biography not only details these landmark contributions, working alongside Geddes, Sert, Giedion and Doxiadis, but also indicates their relevance for contemporary scholars and practitioners, particularly those concerned with healthy community design and sustainability. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 246 pages 978-1-4094-1778-1 978-1-4094-1779-8 978-1-4094-7374-9 55.00
Bringing together comparative case studies from Belfast, Beirut, Amsterdam and Berlin, this book examines the role of the urban environment in social polarisation processes. In doing so, it provides a timely and refreshingly innovative voice in the confusing babble on (counter-)terrorism, urban conflict and community cohesion. Despite their socio-political differences, these cities are telling cases of how the location and shape of very mundane objects such as rubbish bins, bridges, clothes stores, shopping malls and cafs in addition to the obvious fences, walls and barbed wire are often subject to heated controversies and influence the way urban conflict is lived and practised May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-5160-0 978-1-4094-5161-7 978-1-4094-7275-9 50.00
Minority Internal Migration in Europe

Edited by Nissa Finney, University of Manchester, UK and Gemma Catney, University of Liverpool, UK
International Population Studies
Parallel Patterns of Shrinking Cities and Urban Growth

Spatial Planning for Sustainable Development of City Regions and Rural Areas
Edited by Robin Ganser, Nrtingen-Geislingen University, Germany and Rocky Piro
Urban Planning and Environment
Rethinking Displacement: Asia Pacific Perspectives

Edited by Ruchira Ganguly-Scrase, The Australian Catholic University and Kuntala Lahiri-Dutt, The Australian National University
This book explores the multitude of interconnected factors causing displacements that compel people to move within their homelands or traverse various borders It brings together historical and contemporary accounts and critical examinations of the displaced and articulates the commonalities in their lived experiences. It accomplishes the task of charting a new path in displacement studies by offering a number of studies from interdisciplinary and diverse methodological approaches January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 304 pages 978-1-4094-5348-2 978-1-4094-5349-9 978-1-4094-8481-3 75.00
This book brings together experts in the fields of migration, ethnicity and diversity from across Europe to examine patterns of residential mobility of minorities, and to synthesise key themes, theories and methods. The analyses presented make important contributions to theories of migration and minority integration and may inform policies that aim to respond to local population change and increasing diversity. The conclusions of the book form an agenda for future research on minority and immigrant internal migration in developed societies. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 394 pages 978-1-4094-3188-6 978-1-4094-3189-3 978-1-4094-8476-9 80.00
Bringing together contributions from internationally renowned authors, such as Sir Peter Hall, Steve Ward and Johann Jessen, this book compares international case studies and highlights their relationships with one another. It concludes by emphasising common themes that are addressed, as well as showing applicability to other urban and rural regions. Overall, the book provides a timely and comprehensive analysis of the spatial consequences and related spatial planning concepts in theory and practice which aim to further sustainable development of city regions, urban fringe and rural areas experiencing growth and decline. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 306 pages 978-1-4094-2741-4 978-1-4094-2742-1 978-1-4724-0438-1 65.00
23
New Mobilities Regimes in Art and Social Sciences

Edited by Suzanne Witzgall, Academy of Fine Arts Munich, Germany, Gerlinde Vogl, Technische Universitt Mnchen, Germany and Sven Kesselring, Universitt Mnchen, Germany
New Mobilities Regimes in Art and Social Sciences analyses how global mobilities are changing the world of today and the role of political and economic power. Bringing together essays by leading scholars and social scientists, including John Urry, Mimi Sheller and Blent Diken with the work of well-known artists and art theorists such as Jordan Crandall, Ursula Bieman, Glsn Karamustafa and Dan Perjovschi this book is a unique document of the crossdisciplinary mobility and power discourse. The specific design, integrating the text and art elements to create a singular dialogue makes for an exciting intellectual and aesthetic experience. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 270 pages 978-1-4094-5092-4 978-1-4094-5093-1 978-1-4094-7171-4 60.00
Partitioned Lives: The Irish Borderlands

Catherine Nash, University of London,UK, Brian Graham, University of Ulster, UK and Bryonie Reid
Heritage, Culture and Identity
Second Home Tourism in Europe

Lifestyle Issues and Policy Responses
Edited by Zoran Roca, Universidade Lusfona de Humanidades e Tecnologias, Lisbon, Portugal
Bringing together a wide range of studies from twelve European countries, this book offers a state-of-the-art overview of the driving forces behind spatial diversity and social complexity inherent in second home expansion in all parts of the continent from Scandinavia to the Mediterranean and from the British Isles to Russia in the context of contemporary mobility patterns largely induced by tourism. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 300 pages 978-1-4094-5071-9 978-1-4094-5072-6 978-1-4094-7274-2 65.00
Partitioned Lives: The Irish Borderlands explores everyday life and senses of identity and belonging along a contested border whose official functions and local impacts have shifted across the twentieth century. It does so through the accounts of contemporary borderland residents in Ireland and Northern Ireland who shared with us their reflections on and experiences of the border from the 1950s to the present day. Since the border is the product of the partition of the island and the creation of Northern Ireland, its meaning has been deeply entangled with the radically and often violently opposed perspectives on the legitimacy of Northern Ireland and the political reunification of the island. Yet the intensely political symbolism of the border has meant that relatively little attention has been paid to the lived experience of the border, its material presence in the landscape and in peoples lives, and its materialisation through the practices and policies of the states on either side. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 170 pages 978-1-4094-6672-7 978-1-4094-6673-4 978-1-4094-6674-1 55.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/geography
Human Geography
Spaces of Contention
Spatialities and Social Movements
Edited by Walter Nicholls, University of Amsterdam, The Netherlands, Justin Beaumont, University of Groningen, The Netherlands and Byron Miller, University of Calgary, Canada
By mapping state of the art conceptual and empirical terrain across Geography, Sociology, and Political Science, Spaces of Contention provides readers with a much needed guide to innovative research on the spatial constitution of social movements and how social movements tactically and strategically approach and produce space. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 290 pages 978-0-7546-7778-9 978-0-7546-9526-4 978-1-4724-0444-2 65.00
Understanding Disability Discrimination Law through Geography

Fayyaz Vellani, Institute of Ismaili Studies, UK
Examining the UK Disability Discrimination Act (DDA) in comparison to its counterparts in the USA and Australia, this book focuses on how it is being interpreted and acted upon in the context of higher education, a key area of national attention in the UK. It also evaluates this law in the context of the larger project of civil rights legislation and demonstrates that geography can be used to explain law and legal arguments by highlighting their subjectivity and by emphasising the importance of place, specificity and context. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 220 pages 978-1-4094-2806-0 978-1-4094-2807-7 978-1-4724-0437-4 55.00
Water Governance as Connective Capacity

Edited by Jurian Edelenbos, Nanny Bressers and Peter Scholten, all at Erasmus University, The Netherlands
Bringing together case studies from countries including The Netherlands, United Kingdom, Romania, Sweden, Finland, Italy, India, Canada and the United States, the book focuses on the question of how to deal with the various sources of fragmentation in water governance by organising meaningful connections and developing connective capacity. In doing so, it provides useful scientific and practical insights into how connective capacity in water governance can be enhanced. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 348 pages 978-1-4094-4746-7 978-1-4094-4747-4 978-1-4094-8480-6 65.00
Sustainability and Short-term Policies

Improving Governance in Spatial Policy Interventions
Edited by Stefan Sjblom, University of Helsinki, Finland, Kjell Andersson, bo Akademi University, Finland, Terry Marsden, Cardiff University, UK and Sarah Skerratt, Scottish Agricultural College, UK
Ashgate Studies in Environmental Policy and Practice
Urban Complexity and Planning

Theories and Computer Simulations
Shih-Kung Lai, National Taipei University, Republic of China
Based on the emergent paradigm of complexity, the book provides an innovative set of arguments about how we can gain a better understanding of how cities emerge and function through computer simulations, and how plans affect the evolution of complex urban systems in a way distinct from what we used to think they should. Empirical case studies focus on the development of a compact urban hierarchy in Taiwan, China, and the USA, but derive more generalizable principles and relationships among cities, complexity, and planning. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 275 pages 978-0-7546-7918-9 978-0-7546-9816-6 978-1-4094-7459-3 65.00
Why We Eat, How We Eat

Contemporary Encounters between Foods and Bodies
Edited by Emma-Jayne Abbots, SOAS, University of London, UK and Anna Lavis, Goldsmiths, University of London, UK
Critical Food Studies
24
There has been a profound change within the sphere of government and societal regulation in recent years. Traditional hierarchical government has been challenged by new governance instruments relying on negotiations instead of command and control. Alongside this development there has been a change in the time-framing of politics and steering. Traditional politics has been implicitly based on stability and permanence while new forms of governance are explicitly based on just-in-time actions such as projects and issue-based collaborations in networks and programs. This book analyses the implications of this shortening of time frames, focusing particularly on spatial policy interventions and examines the characteristics of temporary policy measures across a range of rural, urban and regional contexts, in four continents: Europe, North America, Oceania and Africa. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 350 pages 978-1-4094-4677-4 978-1-4094-4678-1 978-1-4094-7272-8 75.00
Why We Eat, How We Eat maps new terrains in thinking about relations between foods and bodies. With the central premise that food is always both symbolic and material, the volume explores the intersections of current critical debates regarding how and why individuals eat. Through a series of case studies and theoretical interludes it examines how foods and bodies both haphazardly encounter, and actively engage with, one another in ways that are simultaneously social, economic, political, biological and sensorial. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 274 pages 978-1-4094-4725-2 978-1-4094-4726-9 978-1-4094-7379-4 65.00
Visual Pollution
Advertising, Signage and Environmental Quality
Adriana Portella, University College London, UK
How to order
Order online at ashgate.com and receive a 10% discount, or contact our distributor (Bookpoint) by email: ashgate@bookpoint.co.uk or phone: +44 (0)1235 827730
Towns in a Rural World

Edited by Teresa de Noronha Vaz, Universidade do Algarve, Portugal, Eveline van Leeuwen and Peter Nijkamp both at the Free University, The Netherlands
Ashgate Economic Geography Series
The contributors to this volume examine how to take advantage of the great potential offered by urban areas in the rural world to favour competitiveness and encourage economic activity. Taking a European perspective, the authors identify the main socio-economic advantages generated by urbanised population settlements that small and medium-sized rural towns can provide. Although much attention is currently focused on the efficient use of scarce natural resources and land, they argue that towns have an increasingly important economic and social role to play in rural areas. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 304 pages 978-1-4094-0692-1 978-1-4094-0693-8 978-1-4094-7159-2 65.00
While the issue of visual pollution, has been widely debated, there is as yet no clear conclusion as to how best to control commercial signage and whether different urban contexts and people from different backgrounds and cultures have universal or distinct preferences. Drawing on a range of comparative and contrasting empirical studies of historic city centres in the UK and Brazil, this book examines questions of commercial signage control management, the preservation of historic heritage and user preference and satisfaction. The author takes an environment behaviour approach to this research, involving theories, concepts and methodologies related to environmental psychology, architecture, planning and urban design. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 330 pages 978-0-7546-7534-1 978-1-4094-6748-9 978-1-4094-6749-6 55.00
ASHGATE
Information and Cultural Management

Curious Lessons in the Museum
The Pedagogic Potential of Artists Interventions
Claire Robins, University of London, UK
Amongst recent contemporary art and museological publications, there have been relatively few which direct attention to the distinct contributions that twentieth and twenty-first century artists have made to gallery and museum interpretation practices. There are fewer still that recognise the pedagogic potential of interventionist artworks in galleries and museums. This book fills that gap and demonstrates how artists have been making curious but, none-the-less, useful contributions to museum education and curation for some time. This valuable book will be essential reading for students and scholars of museum studies, as well as art and cultural studies. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 224 pages 978-1-4094-3617-1 978-1-4094-3618-8 978-1-4094-7099-1 55.00
Linking Literacy and Libraries in Global Communities

Marlene Asselin, University of British Columbia, Canada and Ray Doiron, University of Prince Edward Island, Canada
The authors highlight the emerging role of libraries and community partners in literacy development and provide concrete examples via case studies drawn from global communities, demonstrating how libraries are working to support local literacies. They also suggest recommendations for supporting the critical role for libraries in supporting global literacies. The book will become essential reading for all those interested in literacy and libraries throughout the world. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 176 pages 978-1-4094-5284-3 978-1-4094-5285-0 978-1-4724-0276-9 45.00
Museums and Silent Objects: Designing Effective Exhibitions

Francesca Monti and Suzanne Keene, both at University College London, UK
In museums, visitors are immediately drawn to striking or iconic objects, but there are many less conspicuous but important items which illustrate cultural contexts and content and are equally deserving of their attention. The authors of Museums and Silent Objects: Designing Effective Exhibitions offer a methodology for judging the quality of museum exhibitions from the visitors perspective, and offer practical tools for museum professionals to evaluate displays, and design new galleries and exhibits. Fully illustrated and based on studies of world-famous galleries, this book is essential reading for those creating effective museum displays. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 348 pages 978-1-4094-0703-4 978-1-4094-0704-1 978-1-4094-7199-8 60.00
Museums and Public Value

Creating Sustainable Futures
Edited by Carol Scott
A range of authors from around the world unpack the concept of Public Value and examine its implications for museums. They situate Public Value within current management theory and practice, offer tools for implementation, highlight examples of successful practice and examine the evidence of Public Value that governments seek to inform policy and funding decisions. The book will be required reading for senior professionals in museums, as well as museum and heritage studies students. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 190 pages 978-1-4094-4643-9 978-1-4094-4644-6 978-1-4724-0235-6 45.00
Developing Community-Led Public Libraries

Evidence from the UK and Canada
John Pateman, and Ken Williment
This important book examines the potential for a new community led service model in public libraries. Using theoretical approaches to working with socially excluded community members, with a direct application of those approaches in Canadian public libraries, the authors offer a powerful and persuasive case for adopting the community led approach in libraries worldwide. The book showcases good practice and outlines the challenges to community development work. With public libraries facing budget cuts, this book offers an alternative way forward based on a community led approach to developing needs based library services. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 242 pages 978-1-4094-4206-6 978-1-4094-4207-3 978-1-4724-0274-5 45.00
University Libraries and Space in the Digital World

Edited by Graham Matthews and Graham Walton, both at Loughborough University, UK
This timely book addresses physical space in university libraries in the digital age. It considers the history of the use of space, integrates case studies from around the world with theoretical perspectives, explores recent developments including new build and refurbishment. With users at the forefront, chapters cover different aspects of learning and research support provision, shared services, and evaluation of space initiatives. Library staff requirements and green issues are outlined. The book also looks to the future, identifying the key strategic issues and trends that will influence and shape future library spaces. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 248 pages 978-1-4094-2382-9 978-1-4094-2383-6 978-1-4094-7200-1 55.00
25
www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409442066 Over 3000 Ashgate and Gower titles are now available as ebooks. Titles in this catalogue available as ebooks show an ebook ISBN. We do not sell ebooks directly, however there are several, easy to use, purchase options available to libraries and individuals. Visit ashgate.com/ebooks for more information.
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/ICM
Law and Legal Studies

African Contributions in Shaping the Worldwide Intellectual Property System
Tshimanga Kongolo
Africa is playing an increasingly significant role in the domain of international intellectual property law, and this book underlines the contributions made by African countries as a group to the development of the current international IP system. It examines in detail their breakthrough proposals and initiatives at the WTO, WIPO and WHO with regard to IP and public health; IP and traditional knowledge, traditional cultural expressions and genetic resources; IP and biodiversity; and exceptions and limitations to copyright. Using Botswana, Burundi, Egypt, Ghana, Kenya, Mauritius, Morocco, South Africa and Tunisia as examples, it examines the systems under which these IP subject matters are protected. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 288 pages 978-0-7546-7740-6 978-0-7546-9471-7 978-1-4724-0425-1 65.00
Key Title The Ashgate Research Companion to International Criminal Law

Critical Perspectives
Edited by William A. Schabas, Middlesex University, UK, Yvonne McDermott, Bangor University, UK and Niamh Hayes, Institute for International Criminal Investigations
This unique research companion takes a critical approach to a wide variety of theoretical, practical, legal and policy issues surrounding and underpinning the operation of international criminal law as applied by international criminal tribunals. The authors raise issues which are likely to provide the most significant challenges and most promising opportunities for the continuing development of this body of law. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 576 pages 978-1-4094-1918-1 978-1-4094-1919-8 978-1-4094-7253-7 90.00
Chinas Banking Law and the National Treatment of Foreign-Funded Banks

Wei Wang, Fudan University, China
This book assesses new developments in and reform of Chinas banking law system following its accession of the WTO. It focuses on the relationship between GATS/ WTO national treatment obligations and Chinas banking law. Tracing the history of national treatment in China, the book compares the treatment of foreign-funded banks with the treatment of Chinese-funded banks and examines the structure and shortcomings of the existing banking law framework in China. This volume will be a valuable resource for academics and students as well as professionals and policy-makers working in the field of banking, WTO, Chinese law and foreign trade. April 2013 Hardback 304 pages 978-0-7546-7084-1 70.00
Comparative Legal Linguistics

Language of Law, Latin and Modern Lingua Francas - 2nd Edition
Second Edition Heikki E.S. Mattila, University of Lapland, Finland
This book examines legal language as a language for special purposes, evaluating the functions and characteristics of legal language and the terminology of law. Using examples drawn from major and lesser legal languages, it examines the major legal languages themselves, beginning with Latin through German, French, Spanish and English. The work will be a valuable resource for students, researchers and practitioners in the areas of legal history and theory, comparative law, semiotics, and linguistics. It will also be of interest to legal translators and terminologists January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 504 pages 978-1-4094-3932-5 978-1-4094-3933-2 978-1-4094-7150-9 75.00
Animal Harm
Perspectives on Why People Harm and Kill Animals
Angus Nurse, Birmingham City University, UK
Green Criminology
Key Title The Ashgate Research Companion to Migration Law, Theory and Policy
Edited by Satvinder S. Juss, Kings College London, UK
Law and Migration
26
Taking a broad approach, the book considers the killing and harming of animals in an international context and examines the effectiveness of current legislation, policy and sentencing. Including a section on further reading and useful organisations, this book is a valuable exploration into perspectives on the responsibility owed by man to animals as part of broader ecological and legal concerns. It will interest criminologists, ecologists, animal protectionists and those interested in law and society and law and the environment. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 306 pages 978-1-4094-4208-0 978-1-4094-4209-7 978-1-4094-7259-9 65.00
The Ashgate Research Companion to Migration Law, Theory and Policy complements the already successful Ashgate series Law and Migration. The purpose of this Companion is to augment that Series, by taking stock of the current state of literature on migration law, theory and policy, and to sketch out the contours of its future long-term development, in what is now a vastly expanded research agenda. The Companion provides readers with a definitive and dependable state-of-art review of current research in each of the chosen areas. The contributors are both world-renowned scholars and newer voices and include scholars, practitioners, former judges and researchers and policy-makers who are currently working for international organisations February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 760 pages 978-0-7546-7188-6 978-0-7546-9270-6 978-1-4094-7249-0 110.00
The Arts and the Legal Academy

Beyond Text in Legal Education
Edited by Zenon Bankowski, University of Edinburgh, UK, Maksymilian Del Mar, University of London, UK and Paul Maharg, Northumbria University, UK
Emerging Legal Education
Constitutions in the Global Financial Crisis

A Comparative Analysis
Edited by Xenophon Contiades, University of Peloponnese, Greece
The book includes contributions from prominent experts on Greece, Hungary, Iceland, Ireland, Italy, Latvia, Portugal, Spain, the UK and the USA providing a critical analysis of the effects of the financial crisis on the constitution. The volumes extensive comparative chapter pins down distinct constitutional reactions towards the financial crisis, building an explanatory theory that accounts for the different ways constitutions responded to the crisis. How and why constitutions formed their reactions in the face of the financial crisis unravels throughout the book. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 320 pages 978-1-4094-6631-4 978-1-4094-6632-1 978-1-4094-6633-8 70.00
The Burqa Affair Across Europe

Between Public and Private Space
Edited by Alessandro Ferrari, University of Insubria, Italy and Sabrina Pastorelli, University of Milan, Italy
Cultural Diversity and Law in Association with RELIGARE
This book brings together international practitioners from the fields of legal education, legal theory, theatre, architecture, visual and movement arts, this book is evidence of how the Arts can powerfully revitalise the theory and practice of legal education. Through discussion of theory and practice in the humanities and Arts, linked to practical examples of radical interventions, the chapters reveal how the Arts can transform educational practice and our view of its place in legal practice. Available in enhanced electronic format, the book complements The Moral Imagination and the Legal Life, also published by Ashgate. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 248 pages 978-1-4094-2911-1 978-1-4094-2912-8 978-1-4724-0446-6 65.00
In recent years, the wearing of the full-face veil or burqa/ niqab has proved a controversial issue in many multicultural European societies. Focussing on the socio-legal and human rights angle, this volume provides a useful comparative perspective on how the issue has been dealt with across a range of European states as well as at European institutional level. In so doing, the work draws a theoretical framework for the place of religion between public and private space. With contributions from leading experts from law, sociology and politics, the book presents a comparative and interdisciplinary approach to one of the most contentious and symbolic issues of recent times. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 288 pages 978-1-4094-7065-6 978-1-4094-7066-3 978-1-4094-7067-0 65.00
ASHGATE

Environmental Rights
Edited by Steve Vanderheiden, University of Colourado at Boulder, USA
The International Library of Essays on Rights
Key Title Feminism, Law and Religion

Edited by Marie A. Failinger, Hamline University School of Law, USA, Elizabeth R. Schiltz and Susan J. Stabile, both at University of St. Thomas, USA
Gender in Law, Culture, and Society
Intellectual Liberty
Natural Rights and Intellectual Property
Hugh Breakey, Griffith University, Australia
Law, Ethics and Governance
The essays selected for this volume present critical viewpoints from the debate about the need to establish rights on behalf of greater environmental protection. The volume surveys a range of theories and approaches and captures the potential for and primary challenges to the development of rights as instruments for safeguarding the planets life-support capacities and as an avenue of recourse against ecological degradation, whether on behalf of human or nonhuman right holders. August 2012 Hardback 574 pages 978-1-4094-2296-9 155.00
Ethics, Law and Society

Volume V
Edited by Nicky Priaulx, Cardiff Law School, Cardiff University, UK and Anthony Wrigley, Keele University, UK
Ethics, Law and Society
With contributions from some of the most prominent voices writing on gender, law and religion today, this book illuminates some of the conflicts at the intersection of feminism, theology and law. It examines a range of themes from the viewpoint of identifiable traditions such as Judaism, Christianity, Islam and Buddhism, from a theoretical and practical perspective. Among the themes discussed are the cross-over between religious and secular values and assumptions in the search for a just jurisprudence for women, the application of theological insights from religious traditions to legal issues at the core of feminist work, feminist legal readings of scriptural texts on womens rights and the place that religious law has assigned to women in ecclesiastic life. May 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 448 pages 978-1-4094-4421-3 978-1-4094-4419-0 978-1-4094-4420-6 978-1-4094-7481-4 35.00 80.00
Considering the steady increase in intellectual property rights in the last century, does it make sense to speak of users rights and can limitations on intellectual liberty be justified from a rights-based perspective? This book philosophically defends the importance of the public domain and users rights through the use of naturalrights thought. Utilizing primarily the work of John Locke, it contends that considerations of natural justice and human freedom impose powerful constraints on the proper reach and substance of intellectual property rights, especially copyright. November 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 186 pages 978-1-4094-4711-5 978-1-4094-4712-2 978-1-4094-7262-9 65.00
Intellectual Property Law and History

Edited by Steven Wilf, University of Connecticut, USA
The International Library of Essays in Law and Society
This volume forms part of a series exploring key issues in ethics, law and society, published in association with the Cardiff Centre for Ethics, Law and Society. The works collectively address new technological, social and regulatory developments and the fresh ethical dilemmas these pose, and also quite critically compel an urgent revisiting of social and legal issues that were once the subject of controversy but which have now fallen out of the line of sight of academics, politicians and policy-makers. This fifth and final volume brings the series to a close and is dedicated to the memory of Dr Jennifer Gunning. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 372 pages 978-1-4094-1916-7 978-1-4094-1917-4 978-1-4094-7146-2 70.00
Globalization and Common Responsibilities of States

Edited by Koen De Feyter, University of Antwerp, Belgium
The International Library of Essays on Globalization and Law
This collection of cutting-edge articles and papers reflects how legal obligations can be developed so that the international community jointly achieves common interests and agreed values. The authors discuss the construction of shared legal responsibilities among states and international institutions in response to globalisation, particularly in areas such as international justice, human rights and international environmental law. March 2013 Hardback 556 pages 978-0-7546-2913-9 165.00
Intellectual property has become a dominant feature of our knowledge based economy in recent years, but how has property rights in intangible items developed? This book brings together articles, written by leading experts in the field, which trace United States intellectual property from an historical perspective and show how an extensive framework for the regulation of knowledge emerged in the modern period. Diverse in their methodological approach, the essays examine a wide range of regimes, including trade secrets, trademark, copyright, and patent law. September 2012 Hardback 518 pages 978-0-7546-2881-1 150.00
27
EU and US Competition Law: Divided in Unity?

The Rule on Restrictive Agreements and Vertical Intra-brand Restraints
Csongor Istvn Nagy, University of Szeged and Budapest University of Technology and Economics, Hungary
Markets and the Law
International Insolvency Law

Reforms and Challenges
Edited by Paul Omar
Markets and the Law
A Good Death?
Law and Ethics in Practice
Edited by Lynn Hagger, University of Sheffield, UK and Simon Woods, University of Newcastle, UK
This volume presents an interdisciplinary perspective on end-of-life matters, covering themes such as patients rights to determine their own good death, considering their best interests when communication becomes difficult and the role and responsibilities of health professionals, the book outlines how ethical healthcare might be achieved when dealing with assisted suicide by organisations and how end of life services in general might be improved. It will be of interest to students and academics working the area of medical law and ethics as well as health professionals and policy-makers. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 194 pages 978-1-4094-2089-7 978-1-4094-2090-3 978-1-4094-7255-1 65.00
This book examines the structure of the rule on restrictive agreements in the context of vertical intra-brand price and territorial restraints, analysing, comparing and evaluating their treatment in US antitrust and EU competition law. It examines the concept of agreement as the threshold question of the rule on restrictive agreements, the structure and focus of antitrust/competition law analysis, the treatment of vertical intra-brand price and territorial restrictions and their place in the test of antitrust/competition law. This book will be of interest to academics and scholars of business and commercial law, international and comparative law. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 234 pages 978-1-4094-4230-1 978-1-4094-4231-8 978-1-4094-7260-5 65.00
Providing a follow-up to the 2008 book, International Insolvency Law, this book presents up-to-date accounts of themes in the field of insolvency law. It deals with reforms in and challenges to the subject in relation to its comparative and international aspect. The cutting edge contributions include chapters from common law, civil and mixed traditions and have been conceived to increase awareness of the impact of insolvency law within domestic, regional and global contexts. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 432 pages 978-0-7546-7482-5 978-1-4094-6666-6 978-1-4094-6667-3 65.00
International Investment Arbitration

Lessons from Developments in the MENA Region
Mohamed A.M. Ismail
This book examines the pulse and dynamics of international investment arbitration and the new era of mediation in state contracts in the Middle East and North African Region (MENA). The author explores the harmonisation of international arbitration and the sensitive issue of le Contrat Administratif in Middle East civil law countries. The volume also discusses the pivotal role of international organisations such as UNCTAD and ICSID in codifying fair and prompt mechanisms for disputes settlements. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 240 pages 978-1-4094-6363-4 978-1-4094-6364-1 978-1-4094-6365-8 70.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/law

International Responses to Issues of Credit and Overindebtedness in the Wake of Crisis
Edited by Therese Wilson, Griffith University, Australia
Markets and the Law
Law and Leadership

Integrating Leadership Studies into the Law School Curriculum
Edited by Paula Monopoli and Susan McCarty, both at the University of Maryland, USA
Legal Reform and Business Contracts in Developing Economies

Trust, Culture, and Law in Dakar
Julie Paquin, University of Ottawa, Canada
Cultural Diversity and Law
This book explores the political, economic and regulatory context in which credit regulation is taking place following the global financial crisis. It suggests that current neoliberal economic policies favour multi-national corporations rather than consumers and examines regulatory responses to the internationalisation of consumer finance protection. Finally, new approaches and directions for consumer credit regulations are outlined, such as protection for small businesses, protection against risky credit products, reorganisation of mortgage securitization and the possibility of a partnership model to address financial exclusion. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 264 pages 978-1-4094-5522-6 978-1-4094-5523-3 978-1-4094-7339-8 65.00
This book examines whether and how to integrate the theory and practice of leadership studies into legal education and the legal profession. With contributions from legal educators and practitioners, the book defines leadership in the context of the legal profession and explores its challenges in legal academia, private practice, and government. This book includes a foreword by Pulitzer Prize-winning historian and noted leadership scholar, James MacGregor Burns and a foundational essay by prominent leadership scholar, Georgia Sorenson, one of the founders of the International Leadership Association. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 324 pages 978-1-4094-5021-4 978-1-4094-5022-1 978-1-4094-8472-1 65.00
Taking a new approach by examining the impact of the transferability of law on end-users and by focussing on how appropriate norms are applied in specific situations, the book documents how contractual disputes arise and are solved and calls for a reconsideration of current law and development theory as well as the role of contract law in business decisions. It will be relevant to all developing countries seeking to align their laws with best practice as identified by aid institutions January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 176 pages 978-1-4094-4488-6 978-1-4094-4489-3 978-1-4094-7152-3 60.00
The Law and Ecology of Pesticides and Pest Management

Mary Jane Angelo, University of Florida, USA and Vermont Law School, USA
Ecology and Law in Modern Society
Key Title The Law Relating to Financial Crime in the United Kingdom
Karen Harrison, University of Hull, UK and Nicholas Ryder, University of the West of England, UK
Outlining the different types of financial crime and its impact, this book is a user-friendly, up-to-date guide to the regulatory processes, systems and legislation which exist in the UK. Each chapter has a similar structure and covers individual financial crimes such as money laundering, terrorist financing, fraud, insider dealing, market abuse and bribery and corruption. The final chapter makes recommendations for the future and will provoke further thought and discussion on this topical subject. It will be a valuable resource for students studying vocational courses and will be a key text for undergraduate and postgraduate students in law schools, departments of criminal justice and business schools February 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 192 pages 978-1-4094-2389-8 978-1-4094-2388-1 978-1-4094-2390-4 978-1-4094-7243-8 25.00 75.00
Locating Deviance
Crime, Change and Organizations
Gerald Mars, University College, London, UK
Advances in Criminology
This volume uses Cultural Theory to examine how organisational structure and form connect with associated varieties of crime and deviancy. July 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 192 pages 978-1-4094-2789-6 978-1-4094-2790-2 978-1-4094-7148-6 60.00
28
Although concerns over the ecological impacts of pesticides gave rise to the environmental movement of the late 1960s and 1970s, since that time, pesticide use and its effects have been largely ignored by the law and by legal scholars. This book addresses this omission by providing a unique and serious treatment of the significance of pesticide issues in environmental law and takes an ecological perspective on the legal issues. Interdisciplinary in its approach, the book will be of interest to academics, lawyers, scientists and environmental and agricultural professionals. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 320 pages 978-0-7546-7431-3 978-0-7546-9128-0 978-1-4094-7479-1 70.00
Migrants and the Courts

A Century of Trial and Error?
Geoffrey Care, University of Jos, Nigeria
Law and Migration
Law and Intersystemic Communication

Understanding Structural Coupling
Edited by Alberto Febbrajo, University of Macerata, Italy and Gorm Harste
Studies in the Sociology of Law
Legal and Ethical Regulation of Biomedical Research in Developing Countries

Remigius N. Nwabueze, University of Southampton, UK
This study argues that whilst ethical regulation of biomedical research in Africa and other developing countries has attracted global attention, legal liability issues, such as the application of common law rules and the development of legally enforceable regulations, have been neglected. It examines some of the major research scandals in Africa and suggests a new ethical framework against which clinical trials could be conducted. The development of research guidelines in Uganda, Tanzania, Malawi and Nigeria are also examined as well as the role of ethics committees. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 336 pages 978-1-4094-6610-9 978-1-4094-6611-6 978-1-4094-6612-3 70.00
Written in a lively and engaging style from the perspective of a leading immigration judge, this book examines how states resolve disputes with migrants. The chapters reflect on changes in the laws and rules of migration on an international and regional basis and the impact on the parties, administration, public and judiciary. The book is a critical assessment of how the migration tribunal system has evolved over the last century, the lessons which have been learnt and those which have not. It includes additional comparative contributions by authors on international jurisdictions and is a valuable overview of the evolution and future of the immigration tribunal system which will be of interest to those involved in human rights, migration, transnational and international law. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 240 pages 978-1-4094-5196-9 978-1-4094-5197-6 978-1-4094-7263-6 70.00
This volume provides an overview of current perspectives on socio-legal studies with particular attention focused on the concept of structural coupling. The first part of the book presents a reconstruction of theoretical tendencies in the field of socio-legal studies, characterised by the emergence of a transnational model of legal systems no longer connected to territorial borders and culturally specific aspects of single legal orders. In the following parts of the book, the contributions analyse some concrete cases of interrelation between law and society from an empirical and theoretical perspective. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 304 pages 978-1-4094-2110-8 978-1-4094-2111-5 978-1-4094-7147-9 65.00
Minorities and Nationalism in Turkish Law

Derya Bayir
Cultural Diversity and Law
This book argues that the states failure to accommodate ethno-religious diversity in Turkey is attributable to the founding philosophy of Turkish nationalism and its heavy penetration into the socio-political and legal fibre of the country. It examines the articulation and influence of the founding principle in law and in the higher courts jurisprudence in relation to the concepts of nation, citizenship, and minorities Adopting an interdisciplinary approach, this timely book will interest those engaged in the fields of Middle Eastern, Islamic, Ottoman and Turkish studies, as well as those working on human rights and international law and nationalism. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 314 pages 978-1-4094-2007-1 978-1-4094-2008-8 978-1-4094-7254-4 70.00
ASHGATE

The Moral Imagination and the Legal Life
Beyond Text in Legal Education
Edited by Zenon Bankowski, University of Edinburgh, UK and Maksymilian Del Mar, University of London, UK
Participation in Crime
Domestic, Comparative and International Perspectives
Substantive Issues In Criminal Law
Property and Social Resilience in Times of Conflict

Land, Custom and Law in East Timor
Daniel Fitzpatrick and Andrew McWilliam, The Australian National University and Susana Barnes
Law, Property and Society
What role can resources that go beyond text play in the development of moral education in law schools and law firms? How can these resources especially those from the visual and performing arts nourish the imagination needed to confront the ethical complexities of particular situations? This book asks and answers these questions. This work complements The Arts and the Legal Academy, also published by Ashgate, which focuses on the role of non-textual resources in legal education generally. Concentrating in particular on the moral dimension of legal education, the contributors in this volume include a wide range of theorists and leading legal educators from the UK and the US. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 288 pages 978-1-4094-2808-4 978-1-4094-2809-1 978-1-4724-0447-3 65.00
Following on from the earlier edited collection, Loss of Control and Diminished Responsibility, this book is the first volume in the Substantive Issues in Criminal Law series. It serves as a leading point of reference in the area relating to participation in crime and identifies the need for a consistent approach to the doctrinal and theoretical underpinnings of complicity liability. This book will be a valuable reference resource to those in the criminal justice community in the UK and abroad and will be useful for academics, the judiciary and policy-makers. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 576 pages 978-1-4094-5345-1 978-1-4094-5346-8 978-1-4724-0406-0 75.00
This book is a timely response to the increased international focus on peace-building problems arising from population displacement and post-conflict state fragility. It considers the relationship between property and resilient customary systems in conflict-affected East Timor, including micro-studies of customary land and population displacement during the periods of Portuguesecolonisation and Indonesian military occupation. Itanalyses the development of laws relating to customary land in independent East Timor (Timor Leste) and will be of interest to property scholars, anthropologists, academics and practitioners in the emerging field of peace and conflict studies. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 304 pages 978-1-4094-5381-9 978-1-4094-5382-6 978-1-4724-0407-7 65.00
Policing Cooperation Across Borders

Comparative Perspectives on Law Enforcement within the EU and Australia
Saskia Hufnagel, Griffith University, Australia
This book provides new insights into police cooperation from a comparative socio-legal perspective. It presents a broad analysis of comparable police cooperation strategies in two systems: the EU and Australia. The evolution of regulatory trends and cooperation models is analysed for both systems and possible transferable strategies identified. Drawing on interviews with practitioners in the EU and Australia this book highlights a number of areas where the EU can be compared to a federal system and addresses the advantages and disadvantages of being a Union or a federation of states with a view to police cooperation practice. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 356 pages 978-1-4094-5341-3 978-1-4094-5342-0 978-1-4094-7372-5 65.00
New Technologies and Human Rights

Challenges to Regulation
Edited by Mario Viola de Azevedo Cunha, Municipality of Saquarema, Brazil, Norberto Nuno Gomes de Andrade, European Commissions Joint Research Centre, Lucas Lixinski, University of Texas, USA and Lcio Tom Fteira, European University Institute, Italy
The contributors to this book explore the political discourse and power relations of technological growth and human rights issues between the Global South and the Global North and uncover the different perspectives of both regions. They investigate the conflict between technology and human rights and the perpetuation of inequality and subjection of the South to the North. With emerging economies such as Brazil playing a major role in trade, investment and financial law, the book examines how human rights are affected in Southern countries and identifies significant challenges to reform in the areas of international law and policy. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 432 pages 978-1-4094-4216-5 978-1-4094-4217-2 978-1-4094-7370-1 70.00
Racialized Correctional Governance

The Mutual Constructions of Race and Criminal Justice
Claire Spivakovsky, Monash University, Australia
Racialized Correctional Governance examines problems in the relationship between criminology and racialised issues. It questions current models for discussing issues of race in criminal justice systems and asks why a comprehensive theory of race and criminal justice has yet to develop in the discipline. It takes into account the full nature of problems facing racialised peoples in criminal justice systems, the developments and tensions in criminological theory and practice, as well as the scope of racialised criminal justice issues and where they occur. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 192 pages 978-1-4094-3751-2 978-1-4094-3752-9 978-1-4094-8468-4 60.00
29
A Prescription for Dignity

Rethinking Criminal Justice and Mental Disability Law
Michael L. Perlin, New York Law School, USA
Demonstrating how the question of treatment of persons with mental disabilities in the criminal justice system is not only a vital one for both scholars and practitioners, but also a central facet of international human rights law, this book suggests policy development, further scholarly inquiries and newly invigorated thinking and action to place dignity at the core of the criminal justice system. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 272 pages 978-0-7546-7724-6 978-0-7546-9440-3 978-1-4724-0170-0 60.00
Rights: Concepts and Contexts

Edited by Brian H Bix, University of Minnesota, USA and Horacio Spector, Universidad Torcuato Di Tella, Argentina
The International Library of Essays on Rights
This volume brings together the central works of recent scholarship on the nature of rights, with contributions by some of the most prominent contemporary theorists in moral, legal, and political philosophy. With approaches ranging from the political to the historical, and from the analytical to the critical, this collection touches on the major conceptual and practical questions of this important field and also offers useful introductions to emerging issues in rights theory. October 2012 Hardback 604 pages 978-1-4094-4048-2 170.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/law

Transitional Justice
Images and Memories
Edited by Chrisje Brants, Antoine Hol and Dina Siegel, all at Utrecht University, The Netherlands
SERIES
The Library of Essays on Equality and AntiDiscrimination Law
Series Editor: Suzanne B. Goldberg, Columbia University, USA
This six-volume series offers an array of reprinted works that explore equality and anti-discrimination law with a focus on age, disability, gender, race, religion and sexuality. The selections are international in their range and include classic and hard-to-find works that capture each fields defining issues. Each volume begins with an expert editors introductory essay that sketches the fields landscape and highlights each selections particular contribution in ways that aid both newcomers to the field and experienced scholars seeking to enhance their knowledge. Through their collected wisdom the volumes spark new insights and benefit readers by making important works available for side-by-side review. The volumes bibliographies are also invaluable resources that reinforce the depth, breadth and fundamental importance of legal developments in these fields.
Gender and Equality Law

Edited by Julie Goldscheid, City University New York, USA
This volume draws on several decades of advocacy for law reform to advance gender equality. The essays illustrate the evolution of dominant theoretical approaches and trace their application to core issues, such as the meaning of gender, family formation and roles, equality in the workplace, reproductive rights and violence. The selections are international in their range and include recent works that summarize foundational discussions as well as less well-known articles and essays which capture defining issues with enduring resonance. April 2013 Hardback 630 pages 978-1-4094-3895-3 170.00
This book goes further than providing a legal analysis of the effectiveness of transitional justice and presents a wider perspective. It is a critical appraisal of the different dimensions of the process of transitional justice that affects the imagery and constructions of past experiences and perceptions of conflict. Examining hidden histories of atrocities, public trials and memorialisation, processes and rituals, artistic expressions and contradictory perceptions of past conflicts, the book constructs what transitional justice and the imagery involved can mean for a better understanding of the processes of justice, truth and reconciliation. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 272 pages 978-1-4094-3885-4 978-1-4094-3886-1 978-1-4094-7258-2 60.00
Transnational Legal Processes and Human Rights

Edited by Kyraki Topidi and Lauren Fielder, both at The University of Lucerne, Switzerland
This book investigates how the construction and evolution of human rights norms are transferred in transnational legal settings and asks whether law should reflect, express or control any given aspect of culture. It will be of value to those working in the areas of transnational and comparative law, as well as those concerned with human rights and the intersection of law and cultural difference. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 288 pages 978-1-4094-4818-1 978-1-4094-4819-8 978-1-4724-0445-9 65.00
Race and Equality Law

Edited by Angela P . Harris, University of California, USA
This collection of essays employs an analytic approach developed in the United States which sheds light on the workings of race in political-legal systems as diverse as South Africa, New Zealand, France and Latin and South America. The essays reveal how legal rules define racism so narrowly and make racial discrimination so difficult to prove, that inequality persists despite its symbolic extinction. March 2013 Hardback 492 pages 978-1-4094-3718-5 145.00
Age and Equality Law

Edited by Michael Selmi, The George Washington University, USA
This volume brings together classic articles which explore the increasingly crucial and relatively recent concept of age discrimination. Issues relating to an ageing workforce are now widespread and the essays in this volume explore the evolution of legislation against age discrimination as well as the legal structures relating to age discrimination in the US (where legislation is more advanced), the European Union, Canada and Australia. April 2013 Hardback 544 pages 978-1-4094-3723-9 165.00
30
Religion and Equality Law

Edited by Nelson Tebbe, Brooklyn Law School, USA
The essays selected for this volume address topics at the intersection of religion and equality law, including discrimination against religion, discrimination by religious actors and discrimination in favor of religious groups and traditions. The essays examine conflicts in several countries, combine theoretical discussions with analysis of recent disputes and are accompanied by an introduction which provides a conceptual guide to the issues under discussion May 2013 Hardback 496 pages 978-1-4094-3682-9 150.00
Working Out of Crime

David Downes, London School of Economics and Political Science, UK
Pioneers in Contemporary Criminology
The material gathered in this volume spans David Downess career starting with his early and original contributions to the comparative study of anomie and subcultural theory and to social policy on education and employment. His research on gambling and the state of criminological theory is represented as is his research on the politics of crime control, as well as his later work on criminal justice and penal policy, which broke new ground in detailed, cross-national, comparative analysis, particularly in relation to England and the Netherlands. October 2012 Hardback 472 pages 978-0-7546-2893-4 105.00
Disability and Equality Law

Edited by Elizabeth F. Emens, Columbia University Law School, USA and Michael Ashley Stein, William and Mary Law School and Harvard Law School, USA
This collection of essays addresses the theoretical, practical and legal dimensions of equality for persons with disabilities. The articles reflect a wealth of international viewpoints and interdisciplinary areas and include classic texts which set out foundational ideas alongside essays that critique these conceptual mainstays. This volume brings into sharp focus a wide range of contentious and complex issues in the field of disability studies and is of interest to researchers and students from a wide range of fields. May 2013 Hardback 576 pages 978-1-4094-4878-5 165.00
Sexuality and Equality Law

Edited by Suzanne B. Goldberg, Columbia University, USA
Sexual rules and regulations are among societys oldest yet it is only in recent decades that this once-stigmatised field has become the focus of scholarly attention. This volume, which includes some of the most thoughtprovoking and hard-to-find essays in the field, covers a diverse range of topics and includes an introduction that situates all of these works in the broader field and offers readers an extensive bibliography. May 2013 Hardback 560 pages 978-1-4094-3507-5 165.00

Edited by Suzanne B. Goldberg, Columbia University, USA
June 2013 Set 3288 pages 978-1-4094-4909-6
890.00
Order online at www.ashgate.com and save a further 10%
ASHGATE
SERIES
The Library of Essays on Law in East Asia
Series Editor: Roman Tomasic, University of South Australia
This series brings together key essays and articles selected from academic and scholarly research into the law and legal change in East Asia. The essays range from studies of the operation of particular laws and legal institutions to comparative law studies, and include analysis of the influences of local culture and political structures. Several essays critique Western legal models of legal reform and the effects of globalisation and Americanisation on different law reforms and legal institutional arrangements, whilst others consider the distinctive features of East Asian laws and legal institutions, the diversity of market based legal systems and the problems of implementing legal changes in the face of the powerful influence of traditional ideas and political structure in East Asian societies.
International Law in East Asia

Edited by Zou Keyuan, University of Central Lancashire, UK and Jianfu Chen, La Trobe University, Australia
May 2011 Hardback 450 pages 978-0-7546-2873-6
Public Law in East Asia

Edited by Albert H.Y. Chen, University of Hong Kong, China and Tom Ginsburg, University of Chicago, USA
This collection of the leading English-language articles on constitutional and administrative law in the Asian region shows how, in the context of distinct legal and political traditions and dynamic economic growth, the role of public law has not been well understood. The articles cover a wide range of jurisdictions in a single volume, and provide insights into the ways in which institutions of Western origin have been integrated into Asian political and legal cultures. April 2013 Hardback 632 pages 978-0-7546-2895-8 190.00
140.00
Law and Society in East Asia

Edited by Christoph Antons, Deakin University, Australia and Roman Tomasic, University of South Australia
The massive and complex process of change in East Asia over recent decades has brought about a transformation in the nature of law and legal institutions in the region. This volume brings together a selection of the most important writings on East Asia of researchers in recent years, and shows the broad range of questions which researchers have been addressing about the effect of law reform and legal change in societies dominated by traditional values and political forces, and at a time of massive economic change. April 2013 Hardback 646 pages 978-0-7546-2860-6 190.00

Edited by Roman Tomasic, University of South Australia
August 2013 Set 978-0-7546-2982-5 630.00
Forthcoming in 2013 Commercial Law in East Asia

Edited by Roman Tomasic, University of South Australia, Leon Wolff, University of New South Wales, Australia
July 2013 500 pages Hardback 978-0-7546-2868-2 140.00 www.ashgate.com/isbn/9780754628682
SERIES
The Library of Essays on Emergency Ethics, Law and Policy
Series Editor: Tom D.Campbell, Charles Sturt University, Australia
This four volume series presents important research on a diversity of types of emergency and the advantages and disadvantages of characteristic methods of prevention, containment and recovery, and is an invaluable reference resource for libraries. The editors bring a distinctive expertise to the selection and presentation of essays and to the specially written introductions, which present an overview of leading research in the field. The series provides an essential one-stop teaching resource for lecturers and enables students to study leading research articles side-by-side.
31
Emergency Law
Volume II
Edited by Saskia Hufnagel, Griffith University, Australia and Kent Roach, University of Toronto, Canada
The essays selected for this volume provide a comprehensive overview of the philosophical, ethical, historical, legal and practical issues in the diverse field of emergency law. The volume reveals legislative trends in the field, provides insight into civilian and military emergency management on the ground and the frequently reoccurring legal challenges and compares different national approaches to emergency law and emergency management. December 2012 Hardback 568 pages 978-1-4094-4353-7 165.00
Emergency Research Ethics

Volume IV
Edited by A.M. Viens, Ruhr-University Bochum, Germany
The essays selected for this volume focus on issues that arise when attempting to design, review and undertake research involving human participants who are experiencing a private or public emergency. The volume is unique in that it is the first collection to exclusively deal with all of the central ethical aspects of conducting human subject research in the context of emergency. January 2013 Hardback 522 pages 978-1-4094-4681-1 160.00
Emergency Policy
Volume III
Edited by Timothy Legrand, Griffith University, Australia and Allan McConnell, University of Sydney, Australia
This collection of key scholarly articles addresses the international dynamics of emergency policy and practice and provides a critical perspective on the challenges that globalisation presents to policymakers under crisis conditions. The essays consider the global dimensions of a wide range of crises and include case-studies on planning and prevention, acute responses, recovery and reconstruction, and learning about crisis. December 2012 Hardback 538 pages 978-1-4094-4077-2 160.00

Edited by Tom Campbell, Charles Sturt University, Australia
February 2013 Set
Emergency Ethics
Volume I
Edited by A.M. Viens, Ruhr-University Bochum, Germany and Michael J. Selgelid, Monash University, Australia
Emergencies are extreme events which threaten to cause massive disruption to society and negatively affect the physical and psychological well-being of its members. They raise important practical and theoretical questions about how we should treat each other in times of crisis. The articles selected for this volume focus on the nature and significance of emergencies, demonstrate the normative implications of emergencies and provide multi-disciplinary perspectives on the ethics of emergency response. December 2012 Hardback 586 pages 978-1-4094-4450-3 170.00
978-1-4094-4469-5
575.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/law
SERIES
The Library of Essays in International Humanitarian Law
Series Editors: Michael N. Schmitt, US Naval War College, USA and Wolff Heintschel von Heinegg, European University Viadrina Frankfurt, Germany
This series is the product of a three-year project to bring together the most significant works in the field of humanitarian law published in the last century. In the process of selection, the editors have consulted scores of humanitarian law experts worldwide and conducted exhaustive literature surveys. The resulting library consists of six volumes arranged topically: development and principles; scope and application; conduct of hostilities; detention and occupation; and implementation and enforcement. The selected essays have either become classics of humanitarian law over time or are proving especially influential as this body of law develops in the 21st Century. A special effort has been made to identify and include works that have been forgotten over time, but which merit rediscovery in the light of contemporary trends in warfare and other military operations. Taken together the collection demonstrates three points. Firstly, the work of prior generations of humanitarian lawyers has relevance for contemporary debates as many topics which todays humanitarian lawyers are struggling with have been addressed by previous generations. Second, although sometimes criticised as vague and imprecise, humanitarian law can be subjected to rigorous analysis that clarifies its intent and scope. Finally, humanitarian law is the product of a carefully crafted, and very fragile, balance between two competing concerns military necessity and humanitarian considerations and if this balance is thrown askew the law necessarily suffers and may eventually become inoperable.
The Conduct of Hostilities in International Humanitarian Law, Volume II

Edited by Michael N. Schmitt, United States Naval War College and Wolff Heintschel von Heinegg, European University Viadrina Frankfurt, Germany
The essays selected for this volume examine discrete topics of international humanitarian law that are particularly relevant to 21st century warfare and set forth competing contemporary perspectives as well as historical perspectives. Topics include: the adequacy of traditional weapons law in the light of modern weaponry; the protection of civilians and especially vulnerable groups during armed conflict; the protective regime for civilian objects; the law governing booty; protection of the environment; and use of perfidious tactics. August 2012 Hardback 600 pages 978-0-7546-2936-8 160.00
The Implementation and Enforcement of International Humanitarian Law

The essays selected for this volume explore the entire range of issues related to the question of how to implement and enforce international humanitarian law. Topics covered include the use of criminal proceedings against those who have seriously (or gravely) committed war crimes; the concept of grave breaches; the universality principle and the practice of lawfare. August 2012 Hardback 530 pages 978-0-7546-2938-2 160.00
Detention and Occupation in International Humanitarian Law

Detention and occupation are two challenging aspects of international humanitarian law in 21st century warfare. The essays selected for this volume examine both the historical foundations of these issues and contemporary practices surrounding them. The suitability of traditional detention and occupation law in the face of todays circumstances is discussed as well as claims that aspects of humanitarian law are outmoded and must be reassessed. Also considered is the extent to which other bodies of law, especially human rights, are influencing the application of international humanitarian law. August 2012 Hardback 574 pages 978-0-7546-2937-5 160.00
The Scope and Applicability of International Humanitarian Law

The essays selected for this volume provide a comprehensive analytical survey of the scope and applicability of international humanitarian law. Many of the articles address highly contentious issues relating to the decision whether to apply international humanitarian law in lieu of, or in addition to, other bodies of law, such as the jus ad bellum and international human rights law. Others consider the applicability of international humanitarian law in the light of contemporary conflicts, such as whether and to what extent international humanitarian law provides rules governing counterterrorism operations. August 2012 Hardback 534 pages 978-0-7546-2933-7 160.00
32
The Conduct of Hostilities in International Humanitarian Law, Volume I

This volume features essays on the legal regime governing the use of force during armed conflicts, otherwise known as Hague Law or conduct of hostilities rules. The articles reflect research into the theoretical and practical difficulties of maintaining humanitarian laws delicate balancing of military necessity and humanitarian considerations in the face of evolving means and methods of warfare and competing perspectives as to how the balance is best achieved. Particular attention is paid to the principle of distinction. Also included are essays on the law governing warfare at sea and in the air. August 2012 Hardback 562 pages 978-0-7546-2935-1 160.00
The Development and Principles of International Humanitarian Law

This volume of selected reprinted essays considers two aspects of international humanitarian law. The first is the development of this law, and articles offer an in-depth look at its early roots, the continuing relevance of that body of law despite advances in weapons technology and the efforts to progressively develop it. The second is the fundamental principles which underlie international humanitarian law: humanity and military necessity. August 2012 Hardback 586 pages 978-0-7546-2934-4 160.00

Michael N. Schmitt, United States Naval War College and Wolff Heintschel von Heinegg, European University Viadrina Frankfurt, Germany
September 2012 Set
978-0-7546-2939-9
865.00
ASHGATE
SERIES
The Library of Essays on Antitrust and Competition Law
Series Editors: Rosa Greaves, University of Glasgow, UK and University of Oslo, Norway, Sandra Marco Colino, Chinese University of Hong Kong, China and Jonathan Galloway, University of Newcastle, UK
Antitrust and competition law have grown dramatically in importance and significance over the last fifty years. US antitrust law has been the principal source of inspiration for jurisdictions wishing to introduce regulation to control cartels and monopolisation, and antitrust regulation has now been adopted in more than 120 countries. Thesignificance of this new field of law continues to grow as more and more antitrust cases are brought to the courts in Europe and the US, and with operators becoming increasingly inventive. Each of the three volumes focuses on a distinct area of economic activity affected by antitrust law: cartels and anti-competitive agreements; dominance and monopolisation; and mergers and acquisitions. The selected essays cover the legal, economic and policy issues relating to attempts to regulate competition and provide insight into legal issues which have proven to be particularly relevant and contentious over the years. This series brings together the best of the extensive literature that has been published in this fast-moving field in recent years, and is an invaluable resource for both students and lecturers.
Dominance and Monopolization

Volume II
Edited by Rosa Greaves, University of Glasgow, UK and University of Oslo, Norway
This volume selects articles on antitrust and competition law as tools for understanding how this law is applied to unilateral conduct which is harmful to the consumer and to the competitiveness of the market. The articles examine the meaning of dominance and monopolisation; consider the various debates on pricing and non-pricing conduct; and discuss conflicts regarding the exercise of intellectual property rights by powerful undertakings, particularly in the context of the new economies. December 2012 Hardback 574 pages 978-0-7546-2910-8 160.00
Mergers and Acquisitions

Volume III
Edited by Jonathan Galloway, Newcastle University, UK
This volume explores the competition concerns arising out of mergers and acquisitions, the reasons for merger control and the fundamental options that face all jurisdictions intent on implementing an effective merger control regime. The chosen articles mainly, but not exclusively, focus on the US and EU, and several adopt a cross-disciplinary approach encompassing law, political science and economics. The volume acts as a guide through the development of merger control law, policy and scholarly thought and includes commentary on each of the key stages of any effective merger control regime. December 2012 Hardback 556 pages 978-0-7546-2909-2 160.00
Cartels and Anti-Competitive Agreements

Volume I
Edited by Sandra Marco Colino, Chinese University of Hong Kong, China
This volume brings together leading articles on the regulation of joint conduct under competition law on both sides of the Atlantic. The articles discuss the general theoretical framework that has influenced the evolution of the law and policy; cover the most relevant practical developments; provide contrasting doctrinal views and pay particular attention to the main schools of thought that have influenced antitrust in the US and the EU; and are representative of the leading discussions in the course of antitrust history. December 2012 Hardback 530 pages 978-0-7546-2908-5 160.00
33

Edited by Rosa Greaves, University of Glasgow, UK and University of Oslo, Norway, Sandra Marco Colino, Chinese University of Hong Kong, China and Jonathan Galloway, Newcastle University, UK
January 2013 Set
978-0-7546-2911-5
430.00

Sign up for our free monthly email update in your subject area. Visit ashgate.com/updates or email ashgateupdates@ashgatepublishing.com (letting us know which subject area/s you are interested in).
To keep in touch with Ashgate

you can follow us on Twitter, find us on Facebook and read or comment on the Ashgate blog.
twitter.com/AshgateLaw facebook.com/ashgatepublishing blog.ashgate.com
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/law
Literary Studies
Affect and Abolition in the Anglo-Atlantic, 17701830
Edited by Stephen Ahern, Acadia University, Canada
This collection investigates the rhetorical features and political complexities of the culture of sentimentality as it grappled with the material realities of transatlantic slavery at the turn of the nineteenth century. The contributors examine poetry, plays, petitions, treatises and life-writing that engaged with contemporary debates about abolition. June 2013 Hardback 240 pages 978-1-4094-5561-5 55.00
Key Title The Ashgate Research Companion to Women and Gender in Early Modern Europe
Edited by Allyson Poska, University of Mary Washington, USA, Jane Couchman, York University, Canada and Katherine McIver, University of Alabama, USA
This Companion presents an authoritative review of the current research on women and gender in early modern Europe from a multi-disciplinary perspective. The authors examine womens lives, ideologies of gender, and the differences between ideology and reality through the recent research across many disciplines, including history, literary studies, art history, musicology, history of science and medicine, and religious studies. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 576 pages 978-1-4094-1817-7 978-1-4094-1818-4 978-1-4094-7427-2 90.00
Canines in Cervantes and Velzquez

An Animal Studies Reading of Early Modern Spain
John Beusterien, Texas Tech University, USA
New Hispanisms: Cultural and Literary Studies
Anglophone Indian Women Writers, 18701920

Ellen Brinks, Colourado State University, USA
Brinks examines the work of Toru Dutt, Krupabai Satthianadhan, Pandita Ramabai, Cornelia Sorabji and Sarojini Naidu. These women are deeply rooted and connected to both South Asian and Western cultures who found large audiences in their public roles as writers, reformers, activists and cultural translators. Informed by extensive archival work, Brinkss close readings of their literary writings suggest new ways of understanding a range of issues central to feminist postcolonial studies. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 254 pages 978-1-4094-4925-6 978-1-4094-4926-3 978-1-4094-7431-9 55.00
To date, no scholarly history of early modern Spanish dogs has been published. Aside from carrying out this task, this book evaluates the representation of dogs in the work of the artist Diego Velzquez and the author Miguel de Cervantes. In general, this study highlights the importance of Animal Studies in providing readers a fresh approach to the historical, artistic and literary complexity of early modern Spain. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 150 pages 978-1-4094-5713-8 978-1-4094-5714-5 978-1-4724-0515-9 50.00
Bodies, Politics, and Transformations: John Donnes Metempsychosis

Siobhn Collins, University College Cork, Ireland
Literary and Scientific Cultures of Early Modernity
Chaucer, Gower, Hoccleve and the Commercial Practices of Late Fourteenth-Century London
Craig E. Bertolet, Auburn University, USA
Examining archival documents and literary texts, this book focuses on the practices of buying and selling in medieval London by examining how commercial issues are reflected in Chaucer, Gower, and Hoccleve. Craig Bertolet reads specific Canterbury tales and pilgrims associated with trade alongside Gowers Mirour de LOmme and Confessio Amantis, and works by Hoccleve, to demonstrate how destabilising trade was to London and how this instability produced narratives about trade. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 178 pages 978-1-4094-4842-6 978-1-4094-4843-3 978-1-4094-7349-7 55.00
Argentine Serialised Radio Drama in the Infamous Decade, 19301943

34
Transmitting Nationhood
Lauren Rea, University of Sheffield, UK
New Hispanisms: Cultural and Literary Studies
Siobhn Collins re-evaluates Metempsychosis as a high point of Donnes poetic canon, situating the poems somatic representations of various species within the context of early modern intellectual discourses and notions of human identity. Contesting Metempsychosis previous status as an anomaly within Donnes oeuvre, Collins details its thematic links with Donnes other work through its concern with the relationship between body and soul, and with processes of transformation: material and spiritual. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 230 pages 978-1-4094-0635-8 978-1-4094-0636-5 978-1-4724-0283-7 55.00
In her study of key serialized radio dramas broadcast from 1930 to 1943, Rea analyses the work of leading exponents of the genre against the wider backdrop of nationbuilding, intellectual movements and popular culture in Argentina. Grounded in archival work undertaken at the library of Argentores in Buenos Aires, Reas book recovers the contribution that these products of popular culture made to the nation-building project and shaped current understanding of Argentine history and cultural identity. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 190 pages 978-1-4094-5592-9 978-1-4724-0975-1 978-1-4724-0838-9 50.00
Elizabeth Von Arnim

Beyond the German Garden
Isobel Maddison, University of Cambridge, UK
Isobel Maddison examines Elizabeth von Arnims writing in its historical and intellectual contexts, establishing her early work as a significant contribution to British anti-invasion literature and her later writing to the weighty political issues of the day. Considered a serious, and satiric, author during her own time, von Arnim emerges here as a writer whose fine writing and complex and compelling narrative style reward close analysis. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 180 pages 978-1-4094-1167-3 978-1-4094-1168-0 978-1-4724-0395-7 55.00
Byron and the Discourses of History

Carla Pomar, Universit del Piemonte Orientale, Italy
The Nineteenth Century Series
Key Title The Ashgate Encyclopedia of Literary and Cinematic Monsters

Edited by Jeffrey Andrew Weinstock, Central Michigan University, USA
This concise Encyclopedia provides scholars and students with a comprehensive and authoritative A-Z of monsters throughout the ages. It is the first major reference book on monsters for the scholarly market. Over 200 entries written by experts in the field are accompanied by an overview introduction by the editor. Generic entries such as ghost and vampire are cross-listed with important specific manifestations of that monster. This book is an invaluable resource for all students and scholars and an essential addition to library reference shelves. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 640 pages 978-1-4094-2562-5 978-1-4094-2563-2 978-1-4724-0060-4 95.00
In her study of the relationship between Byrons lifelong interest in history and the development of history as a discipline, Carla Pomar focuses on how Byrons writings interact with a variety of historiographical texts ranging from monographs to dictionaries. Calling attention to Byrons massive use of paratexts, she discusses how historical discourses supplied epistemological models that shaped his preoccupation with the transmission of historical knowledge and its ideological uses. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 180 pages 978-1-4094-4356-8 978-1-4094-4357-5 978-1-4724-0135-9 55.00
ASHGATE
Literary studies
Epistolary Community in Print, 15801664
Diana G. Barnes, University of Tasmania, Australia
Material Readings in Early Modern Culture
Henry James, Impressionism, and the Public

Daniel Hannah, Lakehead University, Canada
Proposing a new approach to Jamesian aesthetics, Daniel Hannah examines the complicated relationship between Henry Jamess impressionism and his handling of the public. In readings of The Art of Fiction, What Maisie Knew, The Wings of the Dove and The American Scene, among other works, Hannah shows James continually returning to the impression as a site for exploiting, resisting and re-imagining a perceived breakdown between the private and the public. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 240 pages 978-1-4094-2953-1 978-1-4094-2954-8 978-1-4724-0133-5 55.00
Joyces Love Stories

Christopher DeVault, Mount Mercy University, USA
In his comprehensive study of love in James Joyces writings, DeVault shows that Joyce frequently ties his characters personal and political pursuits to their ability to affirm both their loved ones and their fellow Dubliners. For Joyce, love for others need not compromise ones personal desires, but rather offers the possibility of a broader social compassion that creates a more progressive body politic. May 2013 Hardback 250 pages 978-1-4094-4276-9 60.00
Focusing on six examples of printed letters from the period, in this study Diana Barnes develops a genealogy of epistolary discourse in early modern England. She considers how the examples-from the writings of Gabriel Harvey and Edmund Spencer, Angel Day, Michael Drayton, Jacques du Bosque and Margaret Cavendish-manipulate this generic tradition to articulate ideas of community under specific historical and political circumstances. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 262 pages 978-1-4094-4535-7 978-1-4094-4536-4 978-1-4094-7314-5 55.00
The Labors of Modernism

Domesticity, Servants, and Authorship in Modernist Fiction
Mary Wilson, Christopher Newport University, USA
In The Labors of Modernism, Wilson analyses the unrecognised role of domestic servants in the experimental forms and narratives of Modernist fiction by Virginia Woolf, Gertrude Stein, Nella Larsen and Jean Rhys. She shows that the liminal position of servants in these texts forces the reader to recognise servants not just as characters, but as conditions for the production of literature and of the homes in which literature is created. May 2013 Hardback 180 pages 978-1-4094-4361-2 50.00
Frances Burneys Cecilia

A Publishing History
Catherine Parisian, University of North Carolina, USA
Ashgate Studies in Publishing History
Incredible Modernism
Literature, Trust and Deception
Edited by John Attridge, University of New South Wales, Australia, and Rod Rosenquist, University of Portsmouth, UK
Examining the importance of trust as an influence on a wide range of European and American modernists including James Joyce, Marcel Proust, Gertrude Stein, Ezra Pound, Wyndham Lewis, H.D., Ford Madox Ford, Samuel Beckett, Ralph Ellison and Wallace Stevens this collection shows that the concept underwent a violent set of transformations at the turn of the twentieth century. The contributors take up a diverse set of topics related to reception, the institutions of modernism, history of authorship, representation, authenticity, genre and politics. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 260 pages 978-1-4094-3954-7 978-1-4094-3955-4 978-1-4724-0287-5 60.00
In her exhaustive publishing history of Frances Burneys Cecilia, Or Memoirs of an Heiress, Parisian mines an extensive archival record that includes portions of the original manuscript, annotated page proofs, legal records relative to its copyright, and an abundance of letters, to chronicle the composition, printing, and publication of Frances Burneys Cecilia from its first edition in 1782 to the present-day Oxford Worlds Classics paperback. Her timely history demonstrates the importance of Cecilia to the art of the novel and the history of the book. October 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 386 pages 978-1-4094-1820-7 978-1-4094-1821-4 978-1-4094-8407-3 65.00
Literary Bric--Brac and the Victorians

From Commodities to Oddities
Edited by Jonathon Shears, Keele University, UK and Jen Harrison, UK
35
French Connections in the English Renaissance

Edited by Catherine Gimelli Martin, University of Memphis, USA and Hassan Melehy, University of North Carolina, USA
Offering texts on a variety of aspects of the Anglo-French Renaissance instead of concentrating on one set of borrowings or phenomena, this collection points to new configurations of the relationships among national literatures. Contributors address specific borrowings, rewritings and appropriations of French writing by English authors, in fields ranging from lyric poetry to epic poetry to drama to political treatise. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-6625-3 978-1-4094-6626-0 978-1-4094-6627-7 55.00
Inheritance Law and Political Theology in Shakespeare and Milton

Election and Grace as Constitutional in Early Modern Literature and Beyond
Joseph S. Jenkins, University of California, USA
Reading Gods will and a mans Last Will as ideas that reinforce one another, this study shows the relevance of Englands early modern crisis, regarding faith in the will of God, to current debates by legal academics on the theory of property and its succession. Vividly treating literary and biblical battles of will, the book suggests new approaches to legal constitution informed by these dramas and by English legal history. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 248 pages 978-1-4094-5484-7 978-1-4094-5485-4 978-1-4094-7432-6 55.00
Taking up the phenomenon of bric--brac in Victorian culture, this collection advances our understanding of materiality by examining the miscellaneous, moveable and rejected objects often overlooked in the discourses of thing theory. Essays examine writers as different as Lear, Browning, Balzac and Dickens to show how the things that make up Victorian literature can fall in and out of use, become undesignated and abject and evade the familiar categories of commodification. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-3990-5 978-1-4094-3991-2 978-1-4724-0039-0 55.00
Ludics in Surrealist Theatre and Beyond

Vassiliki Rapti, Harvard University, USA
Ashgate Studies in Surrealism
French Crime Fiction, 19452005

Investigating World War II
Margaret-Anne Hutton, University of St Andrews, UK
In the first major study of representations of World War II in French crime fiction, Margaret-Anne Hutton draws on a corpus of over 150 texts spanning 60 years. Filling a gap in the fields of both crime fiction and fictional representations of the War, Huttons book calls into question the way both this popular genre and the French theatre of World War II have been conceptualised and codified. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 232 pages 978-0-7546-6869-5 978-0-7546-9545-5 978-1-4724-0131-1 55.00
Jane Austen and Animals

Barbara K. Seeber, Brock University, Canada
In her study of animals in Jane Austen, Seeber situates the authors work within eighteenth and nineteenth-century debates about human-animal relations. She shows that Austen associates the domination of animals with that of women, challenges readings that identify Austens depictions of nature as benign celebrations of Englands imperial power, and demonstrates that Austen links meat consumption to a human-nature dualism that objectifies not only nature, but also the women who serve men. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 150 pages 978-1-4094-5604-9 978-1-4094-5605-6 978-1-4094-7235-3 50.00
This study reconsiders Surrealist theatre specifically from the perspective of ludics a poetics of play and games an ideal approach to the Surrealists, whose games blur the boundaries between the playful and the serious. Beginning with the Surrealists one-into-another game and its illustration of Bretons ludic dramatic theory, Rapti examines the traces of this kind of game in the works of a wide variety of Surrealist and Post-Surrealist playwrights and stage directors. April 2013 Hardback 200 pages 978-1-4094-2906-7 55.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/literary
Literary Studies
Machiavellian Encounters in Tudor and Stuart England
Literary and Political Influences from the Reformation to the Restoration
Edited by Alessandro Arienzo, the University of Naples, Federico II, Italy and Alessandra Petrina, the Universit degli Studi di Padova, Italy
Anglo-Italian Renaissance Studies
Performing Masculinity in English University Drama, 15981636

Christopher Marlow, University of Lincoln, UK
Studies in Performance and Early Modern Drama
Race, Romanticism, and the Atlantic

Edited by Paul Youngquist, University of Colourado, USA
Ashgate Series in Nineteenth-Century Transatlantic Studies
Taking into consideration the political and literary issues hanging upon the circulation of Machiavellis works in England, this volume highlights how topics and ideas stemming from Machiavellis books including but not limited to the Prince strongly influenced contemporary political debate. Overall, contributors put Machiavellis image in sixteenth- and seventeenth-century England into perspective, analysing his role and influence within courtly and prudential politics. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 218 pages 978-1-4094-3672-0 978-1-4094-3673-7 978-1-4724-0038-3 55.00
Referencing early modern English play texts alongside contemporary records, accounts and statutes, this study offers an overdue assessment of the relationship between the dramatic efforts of the universities and early modern male identity. Taking into account the near single-sex constitution of early modern universities, the book argues that performances of university plays, and student responses to them, were key ways of exploring and shaping early modern masculinity. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-1019-5 978-1-4094-1020-1 978-1-4724-0516-6 55.00
Highlighting the importance of diasporic people in shaping British Romanticism, this collection challenges descriptions of Romanticism as the expression of a national character or culture. Within the context of a circum-Atlantic world driven by an insatiable hunger for sugar and slaves, the contributors uncover the material contributions and the extraordinary creativity and resistance of slaves, sailors, and servants. Key is the emergence of race as a category of identity, class, and containment that ensured the persistence of servitude after abolition. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-0-7546-6927-2 978-0-7546-9657-5 978-1-4094-7423-4 55.00
Persistent Ruskin
Studies in Influence, Assimilation and Effect
Edited by Keith Hanley, Lancaster University, UK and Brian Maidment, Liverpool John Moores University, UK
Modern Print Activism in the United States

Edited by Rachel Schreiber, The California College of the Arts, USA
Print media have been used throughout the twentieth century to promote social and political activism. At a time when the golden age of print appears to be ending, Modern Print Activism in the United States argues that print activism should be studied as a specifically modernist phenomenon and poses questions related to the efficacy of print as a vehicle for social and political change. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-5477-9 978-1-4094-5478-6 978-1-4724-0397-1 55.00
Realism and Space in the Novel, 17951869

Imagined Geographies
Rosa Mucignat, Kings College London, UK
Posing new questions about realism and the creative power of narratives, Mucignat offers fresh readings of novels by Goethe, Jane Austen, Alessandro Manzoni, Stendahl, Charles Dickens and Gustave Flaubert, to examine the links between the nineteenth-century novels interest in creating life-like worlds and contemporary developments in science, art and society. Her book evokes the way novels produce imagined geographies that intensify and even transform the readers experience of real-life places. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 190 pages 978-1-4094-5055-9 978-1-4094-5056-6 978-1-4724-0139-7 55.00
36
Examining the wide-ranging and abiding implications of Ruskins engagement with his contemporaries and followers into the present, this collection is organised around three related themes. This book studies the dissemination of Ruskins intellectual legacy to working men and women, especially through education, collections and museums, popular print culture and the range of his following in literary culture, theatre and design. The volume also studies the extent to which Ruskins work has informed a global network of aesthetic, social and political movements which, to a greater or lesser extent, acknowledge his authority and inspiration. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 222 pages 978-1-4094-0076-9 978-1-4094-0077-6 978-1-4094-7425-8 55.00
Nineteenth-Century British Travelers in the New World

Edited by Christine DeVine, University of Louisiana, USA
By creating an idea of America, popular New World travel writing offered an understanding of America through British eyes, and a lens through which nineteenth-century Britain could view itself. Nineteenth-Century British Travelers in the New World demonstrates the importance of nineteenth-century New World travel writing, examining narratives by some of the popular writers of the day, as well as paintings and drawings by travelling artists. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 334 pages 978-1-4094-2726-1 978-1-4094-2727-8 978-1-4094-7347-3 60.00
Petrarchs English Laurels, 14751700

A Compendium of Printed References and Allusions
Compiled by Jackson Campbell Boswell and Gordon McMurry Braden
The powerful influence of Petrarch on the development of Renaissance vernacular poetry has long been recognised as one of the major factors in early modern cultural history; this work provides a far more comprehensive catalogue of the direct evidence for that influence in England than any yet available. It offers an itemised presentation, year by year, of printed citations, translations and allusions, with complete bibliographical information, quotations of the relevant passages and brief commentary. September 2012 Hardback 598 pages 978-1-4094-0118-6 75.00
Reforming Trollope
Race, Gender, and Englishness in the Novels of Anthony Trollope
Deborah Denenholz Morse, College of William and Mary, USA
Trollope the reformer and the reformation of Trollope scholarship in relation to gender, race, and genre are the intertwined subjects of eminent Trollopian Deborah Denenholz Morses radical rethinking of Anthony Trollope work, particularly the later novels. Morse traces the evolution of Trollopes views on the pastoral genre, modernity, primogeniture, the marriage market, British imperialism, and Englands involvement in slavery and the black Atlantic slave trade, showing that Trollope was not the complacent Englishman portrayed by many scholars and historians of the Victorian period. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 180 pages 978-1-4094-5614-8 978-1-4094-6499-0 978-1-4724-0426-8 55.00
Oceania and the Victorian Imagination

Where All Things Are Possible
Edited by Richard D. Fulton and Peter H. Hoffenberg, both at the University of Hawaii, USA
Focusing on Oceanias impact on Victorian culture, most notably travel writing, photography, international exhibitions, literature and the culture of childhood, this collection examines the Victorians engagement with the Pacific. Whether intriguing accounts of its exotic peoples, flora, fauna and natural history were enough in and of themselves or whether they provoked a desire to venture forth, Oceania, or the Pacific, loomed large in the Victorian popular imagination. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-5711-4 978-1-4094-5712-1 978-1-4724-0470-1 55.00
ASHGATE
Literary Studies
Renaissance Hybrids
Culture and Genre in Early Modern England
Gary A. Schmidt
In the first book-length study explicitly to connect the postcolonial trope of hybridity to Renaissance literature, Schmidt explores how early modern English authors, artists, explorers and statesmen framed questions of cultural and artistic heterogeneity. He demonstrates how postmodern considerations can be used to elucidate cultural and literary developments in the English Renaissance, revealing a new dimension in the relation of early modern studies to the concerns of the present. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 248 pages 978-1-4094-5118-1 978-1-4094-5119-8 978-1-4724-0396-4 60.00
The Sentimental Theater of the French Revolution

Cecilia Feilla, Marymount Manhattan College, USA
Performance in the Long Eighteenth Century: Studies in Theatre, Music, Dance
Text, Image, and the Problem with Perfection in NineteenthCentury France

Utopia and Its Afterlives
Daniel Sipe, University of Missouri, USA
Sipe focuses on the persistent afterlife of utopias in works by artists and writers who include Franois-Ren de Chateaubriand, Etienne Cabet, J.J. Grandville, Charles Barbara, Auguste Villiers de lIsle-Adam, Victor Hugo, Gustave Courbet, and Charles Baudelaire. By juxtaposing these works with those of social scientists such as Charles Fourier, Sipe provides the historical context for comprehending the significance and implications of this phenomenon in nineteenth-century utopian art and literature. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 216 pages 978-1-4094-4776-4 978-1-4094-6215-6 978-1-4724-0459-6 55.00
Smoothly blending performance theory, literary analysis and historical insights, Feilla explores the mutually dependent discourses of feeling and politics and their impact on the theatre and theatre audiences during the French Revolution. Providing close readings of texts by, among others, Denis Diderot, Collot dHerbois and Voltaire, Feilla maps the ways in which continuities and innovations in the theatre from 1760 to 1800 set the stage for the Nineteenth-Century. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 180 pages 978-1-4094-1163-5 978-1-4094-1164-2 978-1-4724-0431-2 55.00
Representations of China in British Childrens Fiction, 18511911

Shih-Wen Chen, The Australian National University
Ashgate Studies in Childhood, 1700 to the Present
Shell Shock and the Modernist Imagination

The Death Drive in Post-World War I British Fiction
Wyatt Bonikowski, Suffolk University, USA
Bonikowski examines how the figure of the shellshocked soldier and the symptoms of war trauma were transformed in novels by Ford Madox Ford, Rebecca West and Virginia Woolf. Situating his study with respect to Freuds concept of the death drive, Bonikowski shows how these novelists drew on the traumatic effects of shell shock to explore the link between the public events of history and the intimate traumas of the relations between self and other. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 194 pages 978-1-4094-4417-6 978-1-4094-4418-3 978-1-4724-0288-2 55.00
Tottels Songes and Sonettes in Context

Edited by Stephen Hamrick, Minnesota State UniversityMoorhead, USA
Material Readings in Early Modern Culture
In her exploration of China in British childrens literature, Chen considers travelogue storybooks, historical novels, adventure stories and periodicals to demonstrate the diversity of images of China in the Victorian and Edwardian imagination. Her book provides a new context for understanding how China was constructed and sheds light on British cultural history and on the history and uses of childrens literature. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 190 pages 978-1-4094-4735-1 978-1-4094-4736-8 978-1-4724-0341-4 55.00
The eight essays within this volume offer the first sustained analysis of the ways that consumers read and understood Songes and Sonettes (1557), a radically new and highly influential form of poetic collection compiled by printer Richard Tottel. Embracing a broad range of critical and historical perspectives, contributors explore how Tottels Miscellany engaged politics, friendship, religion, sexuality, gender, morality and commerce in complex-and at times, contradictory-ways. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 230 pages 978-1-4094-6465-5 978-1-4094-6466-2 978-1-4094-6467-9 55.00
Romantic Feuds
Transcending the Age of Personality
Kim Wheatley, The College of William and Mary, USA
37
Staging the Blazon in Early Modern English Theater

Edited by Deborah Uman, St. John Fisher College, USA and Sara Morrison, William Jewell College, USA
Transnational Gothic
Literary and Social Exchanges in the Long Nineteenth Century
Edited by Monika Elbert, Montclair State University, USA, and Bridget M. Marshall, University of Massachusetts, USA
Presenting a variety of approaches to late eighteenth and nineteenth-century Gothic literature, this collection provides a transnational view of the emergence and flowering of the Gothic. Its focus on British, American, Continental, Caribbean and Asian literature deepens our understanding of the Gothic as not merely a national but a global aesthetic. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 282 pages 978-1-4094-4770-2 978-1-4094-4771-9 978-1-4094-7348-0 60.00
Despite their desire to rise above the so-called age of personality and personal attacks, Romantic-era figures such as Robert Southey, Samuel Taylor Coleridge, Leigh Hunt, William Hazlitt, Sydney Owenson, and the explorer John Ross became enmeshed in public feuds with the Edinburgh Review and the Quarterly Review. Finding literary genres and themes of transcendence within these vituperative exchanges, Kim Wheatley argues that the feuds themselves unexpectedly contributed to the emergence of Romanticism. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-3272-2 978-1-4094-3273-9 978-1-4094-7428-9 55.00
Offering the first sustained and comprehensive scholarly consideration of the dramatic potential of the blazon, this volume complicates what has become a standard reading of the Petrarchan convention of dismembering the beloved through poetic description. At the same time, it contributes to a growing understanding of the relationship between the material conditions of theatre and interpretations of plays by Shakespeare and his contemporaries. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 220 pages 978-1-4094-4900-3 978-1-4094-4901-0 978-1-4724-0812-9 55.00
The Senses in Religious Communities, 16001800

Early Modern Convents of Pleasure
Nicky Hallett, University of Sheffield, UK
Women and Gender in the Early Modern World
Staging the Superstitions of Early Modern Europe

Edited by Verena Theile, North Dakota State University, USA and Andrew D. McCarthy, University of Tennessee, USA.
Offering a comprehensive analysis of newly-uncovered manuscripts from two English convents near Antwerp, this study gives unprecedented insight into the role of the senses in enclosed religious communities during the period 16001800. It draws on a range of previously unpublished writings-chronicles, confessions, letters, poetry, personal testimony of various kinds-to explore and challenge assumptions about sensory origins. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-1-4094-4946-1 978-1-4094-4947-8 978-1-4724-0137-3 55.00
Engaging with fiction and history and reading both genres as texts permeated with early modern anxieties, desires and apprehensions this collection scrutinises the historical intersection of early modern European superstitions and English stage literature. By highlighting the connection between historical-literary and literary dramatic culture, this volume tests and explores the current scholarly theory that performance opened the way to disbelief. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 300 pages 978-1-4094-4008-6 978-1-4094-4009-3 978-1-4094-7430-2 60.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
Literary Studies
Victorian Conversion Narratives and Reading Communities
Emily Walker Heady, Liberty University, USA
Reading canonical authors such as John Henry Newman, Charles Dickens, Charlotte Bront, George Eliot, and Oscar Wilde through a dual lens of literary history and post-liberal theology, Emily Walker Heady suggests that Victorian authors discuss conversion experiences in the context of the modes in which are narrated. Thus, conversion narratives became a form of literary criticism, while literary conventions functioned as a means of discussing the nature of conversion. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 180 pages 978-1-4094-5377-2 978-1-4094-5378-9 978-1-4724-0473-2 55.00
SERIES
The History of the Book in the East
Series Editor: Peter Kornicki, University of Cambridge, UK
This series on the history of the book in the East focuses attention on three areas of the world which for a long time have been undeservedly left on the margins of the global history of the book: the Middle East, South Asia and East Asia. The importance of these three regions of the world lies not only in the sheer antiquity of printing in East Asia, where both movable type and wood blocks were used centuries before Gutenbergs invention changed the face of book production in Europe, but also in the manuscript traditions and very different responses to printing technology in the Middle East and South Asia. This series forms an important counterbalance to the Eurocentrism of the history of the book as practised in the West.
The History of the Book in South Asia

Edited by Francesca Orsini, SOAS, University of London, UK
170.00
The History of the Book in the Middle East

Edited by Geoffrey Roper, University of Cambridge, UK
This selection of papers by scholarly specialists offers an introduction to the history of the book and book culture in West Asia and North Africa from antiquity to the 20th century. The cultural, aesthetic, technological, religious, social, political and economic factors of the historical developments are considered throughout, and the articles discuss not only the Arabic, Persian and Turkish books of the Muslim tradition, but also the Hebrew, Syriac and Armenian contributions. May 2013 Hardback 576 pages 978-1-4094-3310-1 170.00
Victorian Women and the Economies of Travel, Translation and Culture, 18301870
Judith Johnston, The University of Western Australia
The History of the Book in East Asia

Edited by Cynthia Brokaw, Brown University, USA and Peter Kornicki, University of Cambridge, UK
The history of the book in East Asia is closely linked to problems of language and script, problems which have also had a profound impact on the technology of printing and on the social and intellectual impact of print in this area. This volume contains key readings on the history of printed books and manuscripts in China, Korea and Japan and includes an introduction which provides an overview of the history of the book in East Asia and sets the readings in their context. May 2013 Hardback 608 pages 978-1-4094-3781-9 170.00
Using the metaphor of the published journey, whether it involves actual travel or translation, Johnston focuses on the relationships of various British women travellers, translators and journalists, mainly with continental Europe. Devoted in part to case studies of women such as Anna Jameson and Mary Howitt, Johnstons book shows women establishing themselves as robust participants in the publishing history and as actors in the broad business of culture. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 210 pages 978-1-4094-4823-5 978-1-4094-4824-2 978-1-4724-0136-6 55.00

Peter Kornicki, University of Cambridge, UK
June 2013 Set 978-1-4094-3791-8 460.00
38
Order online at www.ashgate.com and save a further 10%
Women, Infanticide and the Press, 18221922

News Narratives in England and Australia
Nicola Goc, University of Tasmania, Australia
Goc applies Critical Discourse Analysis to infanticide news in the period 18221922 to reveal both the broader patterns and the particular rhetorical strategies journalists in England and Australia used to report on infanticidal women. Her study is a rich and nuanced treatment of how infanticide narratives were politicised in the press and woven into narratives about the regulation of women, medicine, the law and social welfare that ultimately affected political developments like the 1834 Poor Law. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 225 pages 978-1-4094-0604-4 978-1-4094-0605-1 978-1-4724-0282-0 55.00
Writings of Exile in the English Revolution and Restoration

Philip Major, University of London, UK
Offering fresh interpretations of exile in the English Revolution and Restoration, this study explores the personal, political and religious ramifications of displacement, and shines a torch on the rich variety of literary modes through which it is articulated. Examining previously unstudied as well as canonical writings, it challenges conventional paradigms positing neat dividing lines of chronology, geography and allegiance in this seminal period of British and American history. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 208 pages 978-1-4094-3069-8 978-1-4094-3070-4 978-1-4724-0285-1 55.00
ASHGATE
Literary Studies
Music Studies
And Were All Brothers: Singing in Yiddish in Contemporary North America Making Gender, Culture, and the Self in the Fiction of Samuel Richardson
The Novel Individual
Bonnie Latimer, University of Plymouth, UK
Proposing that Samuel Richardsons novels were crucial for the construction of female individuality in the mid-eighteenth century, Latimer argues that Grandison must be recognised as Richardsons final word on his re-envisioning of the gendered self. She calls for a rigorous rereading of the novel as a basis for reassessing Richardsons fictional oeuvre that has implications for fresh thinking about the eighteenth-century novel. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 228 pages 978-1-4094-4632-3 978-1-4094-4633-0 978-1-4094-7216-2 55.00
SERIES
British Literature in Context in the Long Eighteenth Century
Series Editor: Jack Lynch, Rutgers University, USA
This series aims to promote original scholarship on the intersection of British literature and history in the long eighteenth century, from the Restoration through the first generation of the Romantic era. Both literature and history are broadly conceived. Literature might include not only canonical novels, poems, and plays but also essays, life-writing, and belles lettres of all sorts, by both major and minor authors. History might include not only traditional political and social history but also the history of the book, the history of science, the history of religion, the history of scholarship, and the history of sexuality, as well as broader questions of historiography and periodisation.
Abigail Wood, SOAS, University of London, UK

SOAS Musicology Series
The last quarter of the twentieth century and the early years of the twenty-first saw a steady stream of new songbook publications and recordings in Yiddish newly composed songs, well-known singers performing nostalgic favourites, American popular songs translated into Yiddish, theatre songs, and even a couple of forays into Yiddish hip hop; musicians meanwhile engaged with discourses of musical revival, post-Holocaust cultural politics, the transformation of language use, radical alterity and a new generation of American Jewish identities. This book explores how Yiddish song became such a potent medium for musical and ideological creativity at the twilight of the twentieth century. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 212 pages 978-1-4094-4533-3 978-1-4094-4534-0 978-1-4094-7303-9 55.00
Graveyard Poetry
Religion, Aesthetics and the MidEighteenth-Century Poetic Condition
Eric Parisot, University of Queensland, Australia
In the first book-length study of this important poetic mode, Parisot suggests that graveyard poetry is closely connected to the mid-eighteenth-century aesthetic revision of poetics. Parisot reads poetry by Robert Blair, Edward Young and Thomas Gray as a series of poetic experiments that attempt to accommodate changing religious and reading practices and translate religious concerns about death and salvation into parallel reconsiderations of poetic authority, agency, death and afterlife. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 190 pages 978-1-4094-3473-3 978-1-4094-3474-0 978-1-4724-0219-6 55.00
Representing Place in British Literature and Culture, 16601830

From Local to Global
Edited by Evan Gottlieb, Oregon State University, USA and Juliet Shields, University of Washington, USA
Surveying the literary and cultural landscapes of the long eighteenth century, this collection examines the many locales that shaped Britons affiliations and identities. Essays on individual authors, a variety of literary genres, and diverse cultural practices, demonstrate how representations of place from the Restoration through the Romantic era enabled British authors to articulate distinct but interrelated local, national and transnational identities and communities. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 225 pages 978-1-4094-1930-3 978-1-4094-1931-0 978-1-4724-0218-9 55.00
Bodies of Sound
Studies Across Popular Music and Dance
Edited by Sherril Dodds, Temple University, USA, and Susan C. Cook, University of Wisconsin-Madison, USA
Ashgate Popular and Folk Music Series
From the ragtime one-step of the early twentieth century to the contemporary practices of youth club cultures, popular dance and music are inextricably linked. This collection reveals the intimate connections between the corporeal and the sonic in the creation, transmission and reception of popular dance and music. The volume provokes a wide-ranging, interdisciplinary conversation that includes scholarship from Asia, Europe and the United States, which explores topics from the nineteenth century through to the present day and engages with practices at local, national and transnational levels. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 230 pages 978-1-4094-4517-3 978-1-4094-4518-0 978-1-4724-0216-5 55.00
39
Invoking Slavery in the Eighteenth-Century British Imagination

Edited by Srividhya Swaminathan, Long Island University, USA and Adam R. Beach, Ball State University, USA
In the eighteenth century, literary representations of slavery encompassed a range of physical and metaphysical conditions beyond the transatlantic slave trade. Without eliding the real and important differences between slave systems operating in the Atlantic world, this collection is a starting point for understanding the manner in which slavery became a powerful rhetorical device for helping British audiences gain a new perspective on their own position with respect to their government and the global sphere. July 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 215 pages 978-1-4094-6998-8 978-1-4094-6999-5 978-1-4094-7000-7 55.00
Brahms Beyond Mastery

His Sarabande and Gavotte, and its Recompositions
Robert Pascall, University of Cambridge, UK
Royal Musical Association Monographs
Among the early works of Johannes Brahms are the neo-baroque Sarabande and Gavotte. These dances have not been properly recognised as constituting a distinct Brahms work before, but manuscript evidence and their performance history indicate that Brahms thought of them as such in the mid-1850s. He later suppressed the dances, using them instead as a thematic quarry for three chamber music masterpieces. This book gives an account of the compositional and performance history, stylistic features and re-uses of the dances, setting these in the wider context of Brahms developing creative concerns and trajectory. May 2013 Hardback 136 pages 978-1-4094-6557-7 45.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
Music Studies
Collaborative Learning in Higher Music Education

Edited by Helena Gaunt, Guildhall School of Music and Drama, UK, and Heidi Westerlund, Sibelius Academy, Finland
SEMPRE Studies in The Psychology of Music
Hip-Hop Turntablism, Creativity and Collaboration

Sophy Smith, De Montfort University, Leicester, UK
Icelandic Men and Me

Sagas of Singing, Self and Everyday Life
Robert Faulkner, University of Western Australia
SOAS Musicology Series
This edited collection brings together theoretical papers and case studies of practice in response to the challenge of becoming more conscious of the creative and multiple dimensions of social interaction in learning music, not least in the contemporary context of rapid change in the cultural industries and higher education as a whole. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 292 pages 978-1-4094-4682-8 978-1-4094-4683-5 978-1-4094-7306-0 50.00
This is the first book to explore the creative and collaborative processes of groups of DJs working together as hip-hop turntable teams. Focusing on a variety of subjects from the history of turntable experimentation and the development of innovative sound manipulation techniques, to turntable team formation, collective creation and an analysis of team routines the book examines how turntable teams have developed new ways of composing music, and defines characteristics of team routines in both the process and the final artistic product. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 176 pages 978-1-4094-4337-7 978-1-4094-4338-4 978-1-4094-7205-6 50.00
Icelandic men engage in everyday vocal practices where singing, literally for ones Self, is an everyday life skill set against a backdrop of unique natural, historical, economic and social phenomena. Their sagas of song and singing are the subject of this book. Drawing upon everyday ethnographic and sociological studies of music and emerging music psychology discourse about musical identity, the study uses anthropological, historical and musicological evidence in thinking about songs, singing and Self and the genderedness of this particular singing practice the vocal and local performance of masculinities. April 2013 Hardback 234 pages 978-1-4094-4976-8 55.00
Composing Ambiguity: The Early Music of Morton Feldman

Alistair Noble, Australian National University
Alistair Noble reveals key aspects of Morton Feldmans musical language as it developed during a crucial period in the early 1950s. Drawing models from primary sources, he shows that Feldman worked deliberately within a two-dimensional frame, allowing a focus upon the fundamental materials of sounding pitch in time. Through close reading of several important works, Noble shows that there is a remarkable consistency of compositional method, despite the varied experimental notations used by Feldman at this time. Indeed, much of the language developed by Feldman in this period was still in use even in his late works of the 1980s. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 248 pages 978-1-4094-5164-8 978-1-4094-5165-5 978-1-4094-7210-0 55.00
The History of Live Music in Britain, Volume I: 1950-1967

From Dance Hall to the 100 Club
Simon Frith and Matt Brennan, both at the University of Edinburgh, UK, Martin Cloonan and Emma Webster, both at the University of Glasgow, UK
The Legacy of Cornelius Cardew

Tony Harris, Nottingham Trent University, UK
The extent to which Cornelius Cardew has been a central figure and a force for new ideas in music forms the backbone to this book. Cardews diverse body of work and activity is here given coherence by their sharing in the values and principles that underpinned the composers world view. The apparently disparate and contradictory episodes of Cardews career are shown to be fused by a cohesive Cardew aesthetic that permeates the man, his politics and his music. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 214 pages 978-1-4094-4810-5 978-1-4094-4811-2 978-1-4094-7207-0 55.00
40
Frank Zappa and the And

Edited by Paul Carr, Glamorgan University, UK
To date there has been a significant gap in existing knowledge about the social history of music in Britain from 1950 to the present day. The three volumes of The History of Live Music in Britain address this gap and do sofrom the unique perspective of the music promoter. The books offer new insights into a variety of issues, including changes in musical fashions and tastes; the impact of developing technologies; the balance of power between live and recorded music businesses; the role of the state as regulator and promoter; the effects of demographic and other social changes on music culture; and the continuing importance of do-it-yourself enthusiasts. The first volume, From Dance Hall to the 100 Club, covers the period from 1950 to 1967. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 230 pages 978-1-4094-2280-8 978-1-4094-2281-5 978-1-4724-0029-1 55.00
Loading the Silence: Australian Sound Art in the Post-Digital Age

Linda Kouvaras, University of Melbourne, Australia
Kouvaras explores the ways in which selected sound art works demonstrate creatively how sound is embedded within local, national, gendered and historical environments. Taking Australian music as its primary but not sole focus, the book not only covers discussions of technological advancement, but also engages with aesthetic standpoints, through interviews, theoretical developments, analysis and cultural milieux for a contemporary Australian, and wider postmodern, context. Developing new methodologies for synergies between musicology and cultural studies, the book uncovers a new post-postmodern aesthetic trajectory, which Kouvaras locates as developing over the past two decades the altermodern. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 242 pages 978-1-4094-4156-4 978-1-4094-4157-1 978-1-4724-0035-2 55.00
This collection of essays, documented by an international and interdisciplinary array of scholars, represents the first academically focused volume exploring the creative idiolect of Frank Zappa. The publication presents an understanding of the ontological depth of Zappas legacy by relating the artist and his texts to a range of cultural, social, technological and musicological factors. Zappas interface with religion, horror, death, movies, modernism, satire, freaks, technology, resistance, censorship and the avantgarde are brought together analytically for the first time. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 254 pages 978-1-4094-3337-8 978-1-4094-3338-5 978-1-4094-7346-6 55.00
I Drum, Therefore I Am
Being and Becoming a Drummer
Gareth Dylan Smith, Institute of Contemporary Music Performance, London, UK
The Globalization of Irish Traditional Song Performance

Susan H. Motherway, Institute of Technology Tralee, Ireland
Despite their central role in many forms of music-making, drummers have been largely neglected in the scholarly literature on music and education. Drawing on data collected from in-depth interviews and questionnaires, Smith explores the identities, practices and learning of teenage and adult kit drummers in and around London. As a London-based drummer and teacher of drummers, Smith uses his own identity as participant-researcher to inform and interpret other drummers accounts of their experiences. Drummers drum; therefore they are, they do, and they learn in a rich tapestry of means and contexts. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 230 pages 978-1-4094-4794-8 978-1-4094-4795-5 978-1-4094-7308-4 50.00
Men, Masculinity and the Beatles

Martin King, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
Motherway illustrates the transformative impact of globalisation on Irish traditional song performance by examining the ways in which performers mediate the divide between local and global markets. The book portrays patterns of musical change extant within the tradition as a result of globalisation, and acknowledges music as a medium for renegotiating an Irish cultural identity within the global. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 226 pages 978-1-4094-3423-8 978-1-4094-3424-5 978-1-4094-7301-5 55.00
Drawing on methodologies and approaches from media and cultural studies, sociology, social history and the study of popular music, this book outlines the development of the study of men and masculinities, and explores the role of cultural texts in bringing about social change. It is against this backdrop that The Beatles, as a cultural phenomenon, are set, and their four live action films, spanning the years 19641970, are examined as texts through which to read changing representations of men and masculinity in the Sixties. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 218 pages 978-1-4094-2243-3 978-1-4094-2244-0 978-1-4094-7300-8 55.00
ASHGATE
Music Studies
Messiaens Final Works
Christopher Dingle, Birmingham Conservatoire, UK
When Olivier Messiaen (19081992) completed the vast opera Saint Francois dAssise in 1983, he was mentally and physically exhausted, and believed that this monumental work would be his final compositional statement. Seven further works emerged, however, and these form the focus of the present study. Christopher Dingle suggests that, following the crisis provoked by the opera, Messiaens music underwent a discernable change in style. He examines these seven works to identify characteristics of the composers music, in particular an often overlooked aspect of his technique: harmony. January 2013 Hardback 392 pages 978-0-7546-0633-8 65.00
Our Ancient National Airs: Scottish Song Collecting from the Enlightenment to the Romantic Era
Karen McAulay, Royal Conservatoire of Scotland, UK
Music in Nineteenth-Century Britain
Political Rock
Edited by Mark Pedelty and Kristine Weglarz, both at the University of Minnesota, USA
Messiaens Musical Techniques: The Composers View and Beyond

Gareth Healey
Despite Messiaens position as one of the greatest technical innovators of the twentieth century, his musical language has not been comprehensively defined and investigated. Given the reliance on idiosyncratic techniques, clear comprehension of the music is impossible without a detailed knowledge of Messiaens methods. Gareth Healey charts their development and interconnections, considers their relationship with formal structures, and applies them in refined and extended form to works for which Messiaen himself left no published analysis. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 214 pages 978-1-4094-4825-9 978-1-4094-4826-6 978-1-4094-7309-1 55.00
Karen McAulay traces the complex history of Scottish song collecting, and the publication of major Highland and Lowland collections. Looking at sources, authenticity, collecting methodology and format, McAulay places these collections in their cultural context. Attention is given to some of the performance issues raised, either in correspondence or in the paratexts of published collections; and the narrative is interlaced with references to contemporary literary, social and even political history as it affected the collectors themselves. Most significantly, this study demonstrates a resurgence of cultural nationalism in the late nineteenth century. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 234 pages 978-1-4094-5019-1 978-1-4094-5020-7 978-1-4724-0034-5 55.00
Political Rock is a comparative, cultural history of luminary figures in rock music who have played important roles in social movements. Individual chapters are devoted to The Clash and Fugazi, Billy Bragg, Bob Dylan, Rage Against the Machine, Pearl Jam, Sinead OConnor, Peter Gabriel, Ani DiFranco, Bruce Cockburn, Steve Earle and Kim Gordon. These artists have been chosen for their status as rock musicians and connections to political moments, movements, and art. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 240 pages 978-1-4094-4622-4 978-1-4094-4623-1 978-1-4094-7305-3 55.00
Professional Knowledge in Music Teacher Education

Edited by Eva Georgii-Hemming, rebro University, Sweden, Pamela Burnard, University of Cambridge, UK, and Sven-Erik Holgersen, Aarhus University, Denmark
Internationally renowned contributors address a number of fundamental questions designed to take the reader to the heart of current debates around knowledge, practice, professionalism, and learning and teaching inmusic as well as considering how all these elements are influenced by economic, cultural and social forces. Thebookwill appeal to those interested in the development of appropriate professional knowledge and pedagogic practices in music teacher education. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 232 pages 978-1-4094-4111-3 978-1-4094-4112-0 978-1-4094-7302-2 55.00
Please Allow Me to Introduce Myself: Essays on Debut Albums

Edited by George Plasketes, Auburn University, USA
Music and Familiarity

Listening, Musicology and Performance
Edited by Elaine King, University of Hull, UK and Helen M. Prior, Kings College, London, UK
Please Allow Me to Introduce Myself: Essays on Debut Albums brings together the stories of 23 debut albums over a nearly fifty year span, ranging from Buddy Holly and the Chirping Crickets in 1957 to The Go! Team in 2005. In addition to biographical background and a wealth of historical information about the genesis of each album, essayists look back at the albums and place them within multiple contexts, particularly the artists career development. In this way, the book will be of as much interest to sociologists and historians as to culture critics and musicologists. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 225 pages 978-1-4094-4176-2 978-1-4094-4177-9 978-1-4724-0280-6 55.00
41
Rock On: Women, Ageing and Popular Music

Edited by Ros Jennings and Abigail Gardner
Familiarity underpins our engagement with music. In Music and Familiarity, King and Prior bring together 13 essays that highlight theoretical and empirical considerations about familiarity from three perspectives: listening, musicology, and performance. Part of the SEMPRE Studies in the Psychology of Music series, this book explores the ways in which familiarity impacts our behaviour and responses to music; influences our appreciation and perceptions of music; and also how familiarity affects musicians performance practices. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 310 pages 978-1-4094-2075-0 978-1-4094-2076-7 978-1-4724-0027-7 55.00
For female pop stars, whose star bodies and star performances are undisputedly the objects of a sexualized external gaze, the process of ageing in public poses particular challenges. Taking a broadly feminist perspective, Rock On: Women, Ageing and Popular Music Sign up for our free monthly email update in your shifts popular music studies in a new direction. Focussing subject area. Visit ashgate.com/updates or email on British, American and Latina women performers and ashgateupdates@ashgatepublishing.com ageing, the collection investigates the cultural work (letting us know which subject area/s you are performed by artists such as Shirley Bassey, Madonna, interested in). Celia Cruz, Courtney Love, Annie Lennox and Lady Gaga. October 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 186 pages 978-1-4094-2841-1 978-1-4094-2842-8 978-1-4094-8397-7 55.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/music
Music Studies
Shake, Rattle and Roll: Yugoslav Rock Music and the Poetics of Social Critique
Dalibor Miina, Lakehead University, Canada
Thomas Salmon: Writings on Music

Volume I: An Essay to the Advancement of Musick and the Ensuing Controversy, 16723
Benjamin Wardhaugh, University of Oxford, UK
Music Theory in Britain, 15001700: Critical Editions
The Politics of Plainchant in fin-de-sicle France

Katharine Ellis, University of London, UK
From the late-1970s to the late-1980s rock music in Yugoslavia had the important social and political purpose of providing a popular cultural outlet for the unique forms of socio-cultural critique that engaged withthe realities and problems of life in Yugoslav society. This book offers an analysis of three musical movements that emerged in this crucial period and argues that the driving force behind the music demonstrates a fundamentally constructive disposition towards the progressive ideal of socialist Yugoslavia. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 258 pages 978-1-4094-4565-4 978-1-4094-4566-1 978-1-4094-7304-6 60.00
Thomas Salmon (16471706) is remembered today for the fury with which Matthew Locke greeted his first foray into musical writing, the Essay to the Advancement of Musick (1672), and the near-farcical level to which the subsequent pamphlet dispute quickly descended. Beneath the unedifying invective employed by Salmon, Locke and their supporters however, serious and novel statements were being made about what constituted musical knowledge and what was the proper way to acquire it. This volume is the first published scholarly edition of Salmons writings on notation, previously available only in microfilm and online facsimiles. February 2013 Hardback 284 pages 978-0-7546-6844-2 60.00
This book tells three interrelated stories that radically alter our perspective on plainchant reform at the turn of the twentieth century and highlight the value of liturgical music history to our understanding of French government anticlericalism. It offers at once a new history of the rise of the Benedictines of Solesmes to official dominance over Catholic editions of plainchant worldwide, a new optic on the French liturgical publishing industry during a period of international crisis for the publication of plainchant notation, and an exploration of how French Catholics could bend Republican anticlericalism at the highest level to their own ends. April 2013 Hardback 162 pages 978-1-4094-6373-3 45.00
Skryabin, Philosophy and the Music of Desire

Kenneth M. Smith, University of Liverpool, UK

Volume II: A Proposal to Perform Musick and Related Writings, 16851706
Key Title Twentieth-Century Music and Politics

Essays in Memory of Neil Edmunds
Edited by Pauline Fairclough, University of Bristol, UK
When considering the role music played in the major totalitarian regimes of the century it is musics usefulness as propaganda that leaps first to mind. But as this volume demonstrates, there is a complex relationship both between art music and politicised mass culture, and between entertainment and propaganda. Nationality, self/ other, power and ideology are the dominant themes of this book, while key topics include: music in totalitarian regimes; music as propaganda; music and national identity; migr communities and composers; musics role in shaping identities of self and other and music as both resistance to and instrument of oppression. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 312 pages 978-1-4094-0026-4 978-1-4094-5508-0 978-1-4094-7311-4 65.00
This groundbreaking study casts Alexander Skryabins music in the light not only of his own philosophy of desire, but of more refined semiotic-psychoanalytical theory and modern techniques of music analysis. An interdisciplinary methodology corrects the narrow focus of Skryabin scholarship of the last century, offering insights from New Musicology and recent music theory that lead to hermeneutical, critically-informed readings of selected works. December 2012 Hardback 176 pages 978-1-4094-3891-5 45.00
42
The Sociology of Wind Bands

Amateur Music Between Cultural Domination and Autonomy
First Edition in English Vincent Dubois, University of Strasbourg, France, Jean-Matthieu Mon, Emmanuel Pierru and Jean-Yves Bart
This is the second volume in a two-part set on the writings of Thomas Salmon. Salmon (16471706) is remembered today for proposing a radical reform of musical notation (these writings are the subject of Volume I). Later in his life Salmon devoted his attention to an exploration of the possible reform of musical pitch and raised questions about the meaning and the source of musical knowledge similar to those he raised in his work on notation. Benjamin Wardhaugh presents the first published scholarly edition of Salmons writings on pitch, previously only available mostly in manuscript. February 2013 Hardback 198 pages 978-0-7546-6845-9 55.00

Two volume set
Key Title Ubiquitous Musics

The Everyday Sounds That We Dont Always Notice
Edited by Anahid Kassabian and Elena Boschi, both at the University of Liverpool, UK and Marta Garca Quiones, University of Barcelona, Spain
Despite the musical and social roles they play in many parts of the world, wind bands have not attracted much interest from sociologists. The Sociology of Wind Bands provides a sociological account of this musical universe. Based on a qualitative and quantitative survey conducted in north-eastern France, the authors present a vivid description of the orchestras, the backgrounds and practices of their musicians, and the repertoires they play. Their multi-level analysis sheds new light on the social organisation, meanings and functions of a type of music. They propose an imaginative and balanced framework which, beyond the specific case of wind music, is an innovative contribution to the sociology of lowbrow culture. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 246 pages 978-1-4094-6185-2 978-1-4094-6186-9 978-1-4094-6187-6 60.00
February 2013 Hardback
496 pages 978-1-4094-6503-4
90.00
Ubiquitous Musics offers a multidisciplinary approach to the pervasive presence of music in everyday life. The essays address a variety of situations in which music is present alongside other activities and does not demand focused attention from (sometimes involuntary) listeners. The contributors present different theoretical perspectives on the increasing ubiquity of music and its implications for the experience of listening. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 195 pages 978-1-4094-5133-4 978-1-4094-5134-1 978-1-4724-0036-9 55.00
ASHGATE
Music Studies
SERIES
A Library of Essays on Renaissance Music
Series Editor: Stanley Boorman, New York University, USA
This series presents a selection of important articles on key issues in the field of Renaissance music written by leading scholars and musicologists. Each volume is edited by an expert in the field, whose selection of reprinted articles is accompanied by a specially written introduction and detailed bibliography. The volumes are arranged thematically beginning with a study of what we now understand, in musical terms, of the concepts involved in the words Renaissance, Reformation or Counter-Reformation, and followed by volumes which focus on a single set of topics, for example theory, sources, patronage, and secular or religious music.
Institutions and Patronage in Renaissance Music

Edited by Thomas Schmidt-Beste, Bangor University, UK
The practice and composition of music require patronage and institutional support, and they require it in a different fashion from that found in other forms of art. Thiscollection of essays brings together the most recent and important contributions by leading scholars in the field to this crucial aspect of Renaissance musical culture. Taken together, these articles enable conclusions to be drawn about the interests of patrons and about the social and artistic status of musicians and composers within the courtly and urban context. February 2012 Hardback 616 pages 978-0-7546-2932-0 160.00
Musical Theory in the Renaissance

Edited by Cristle Collins Judd, Bowdoin College, USA
This volume of essays draws together recent work on historical music theory of the Renaissance. The articles span the major themes addressed by Renaissance writers on music and highlight the range of approaches used by modern scholars. Taken together, this collection enables consideration of key essays side by side aided by the editors introductory essay which highlights ongoing debates and offers a general framework for interpreting past and future directions in the study of historical music theory from the Renaissance. March 2013 Hardback 610 pages 978-1-4094-2297-6 160.00
Secular Renaissance Music

Forms and Functions
Edited by Sean Gallagher, Boston University, USA
This collection of essays focuses on polyphonic settings of vernacular texts and examines their historical and stylistic contexts, their transmission in written and printed sources, questions of performance, and composers approaches to text setting. Essays have been selected to reflect the wide range of topics that have occupied scholars in recent decades, and taken together, they point to the more general significance of secular music within a broad complex of cultural practices and institutions. March 2013 Hardback 648 pages 978-0-7546-2946-7 160.00
Music and the Renaissance

Renaissance, Reformation and Counter-Reformation
Edited by Philippe Vendrix, University of Tours, France
This volume unites a collection of articles which illustrate the complexity of European cultural history in the Renaissance. New ways of thinking about music emerged during this period stimulated by the rediscovery of classical narratives on the sublime effects of music and by the profound religious upheavals which destroyed the unity of Western Christianity. August 2011 Hardback 608 pages 978-0-7546-2928-3 160.00
Sacred and Liturgical Renaissance Music

Edited by Andrew Kirkman, University of Birmingham, UK
This volume presents a selection of scholarly studies of sacred and liturgical music of the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries, published in the last twenty or so years. Thenineteen reprinted articles are arranged by country and cover music from France, the Flemish Low Countries, Italy, Germany, England and Spain. Spanning abroad range of scholarly approaches this volume informs aspiring scholars in the field and stimulates further studies in these and related areas. April 2012 Hardback 550 pages 978-0-7546-2940-5 160.00
Sources and the Circulation of Renaissance Music

Edited by Mary S. Lewis, University of Pittsburgh, USA
This volume explores the means and motives for the distribution of music during the Renaissance. Theselected essays discuss both the technical side of theproduction of sources as well as their roles in the society in which they were produced, and are accompanied by an introduction which places the essays within the wider history of Renaissance music sources. Taken together these essays reveal the critical changes wrought by the transition from manuscript to print during this period. February 2012 Hardback 590 pages 978-0-7546-2929-0 160.00
43

Edited by Stanley Boorman, New York University, USA
April 2013 Set 978-1-4094-2298-3 865.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/music
Philosophy
Politics and International Relations

Key Title The Ashgate Research Companion to New Public Management
Edited by Tom Christensen, University of Oslo, Norway and Per Lgreid, University of Bergen, Norway
This new in paperback edition provides a comprehensive, state-of-the art review of current research in the field of New Public Management (NPM) reform. Aimed primarily at a student readership with a special interest in contemporary public-sector reforms, The Ashgate Research Companion to New Public Management offers a refreshing and up-to-date analysis of key issues of modern administrative reforms. Designed as a one-stop reference point and revision guide, this textbook comprises 29 chapters divided into six thematic sessions, each with chapters ranging across a variety of crucial topics in the field of New Public Management reforms and beyond. February 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 522 pages 978-1-4094-6250-7 978-0-7546-7806-9 978-0-7546-9570-7 978-1-4094-8909-2 25.00 90.00
SERIES
Kierkegaard Research: Sources, Reception and Resources
Series Editor: Jon Stewart, The Soren Kierkegaard Research Centre Foundation, Copenhagen University, Denmark
The Kierkegaard Research Series is a multi-volume series dedicated to a systematic coverage of all aspects of Kierkegaard Studies. Interdisciplinary in nature, the series combines articles on philosophy, theology, literature, psychology and history written by the leading international Kierkegaard scholars arranged into thematically organised volumes. Each volume contains a detailed introduction, written by the editors, which traces the history of the given theme in Kierkegaard studies and an extensive index making it easy to find where the specific themes, works and persons are treated.
Building Walls and Dissolving Borders

The Challenges of Alterity, Community and Securitizing Space
Edited by Max Stephenson and Laura Zanotti, both at Virginia Tech University, USA
This book explores walls as the consequence of a changing web of social relationships. Whether walls are physical objects on the landscape or metaphors for difference among specific groups or communities, the writers consider them as heterotopias, powerful sites around which ways of living together are contested and transformed. They also investigate how architectural planning concerning walls may de facto become a means of waging war, as well as how demolishing walls may give way to new ways of imagining security. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 210 pages 978-1-4094-3835-9 978-1-4094-3836-6 978-1-4094-7345-9 55.00
Volume 12, Tome I: Kierkegaards Influence on Literature, Criticism and Art

Edited by Jon Stewart, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
February 2013 Hardback 282 pages 978-1-4094-5611-7
Body/State
Edited by Jen Dickinson, Angus Cameron, both at the University of Leicester, UK and Nicola Smith University of Birmingham, UK
Gender in a Global/Local World
China-Africa Relations in an Era of Great Transformations

Edited by Li Xing with Abdulkadir Osman Farah, Aalborg University, Denmark
The International Political Economy of New Regionalisms Series
65.00
Body/State brings together original essays addressing various aspects of the evolving interaction between bodies and states. While each essay has different empirical and/or theoretical focus, authors consider a number of overlapping themes to appreciate the states engagement with, and concern about, bodies. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 296 pages 978-1-4094-2449-9 978-1-4094-2450-5 978-1-4094-7460-9 60.00
44
Volume 12, Tome II

August 2013 210 pages Hardback 978-1-4724-1201-0 65.00 www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781472412010
This collection seeks to put contemporary China-Africa relations in critical, comparative context and in doing so, it will go beyond descriptions of inter-regional trade and investment, large- and small-scale sectors, to ask whether structural change is underway. Already it is apparent that the growing presence of China in Africa presents the latter with some novel options but whether these will generate a new embeddedness remains problematic. Highlighting the varieties of capitalisms in the new century to the apparent ebullience of the emerging economies in the global South, this book examines such implications for international relations, international political economy, development studies and policies. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-6478-5 978-1-4094-6479-2 978-1-4094-6480-8 55.00
Britain and the War on Terror

Policy, Strategy and Operations
Warren Chin, Kings College London, UK
Military Strategy and Operational Art
Volume 12, Tome III

June 2013 220 pages Hardback 978-1-4094-6513-3 65.00 www.ashgate.com/isbn/9781409465133
Volume 12, Tome IV:

March 2013 Hardback 250 pages 978-1-4094-5763-3
65.00
This book is an analysis of Britains war against Al Qaeda and the phenomenon of international terrorism which marked a paradigm shift in the nature and conduct of war in the twenty-first century. At the heart of the book is an attempt to understand why Britain, which possessed a wealth of experience in the conduct of counterterrorism, counterinsurgency and small wars, developed a strategic and operational design to defeat the Islamist threat which proved to be deeply flawed. In addressing this question the book explores the complex intellectual, doctrinal and geopolitical challenge posed by Al Qaeda and international terrorism and how and why the British response took the form that it did. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 221 pages 978-0-7546-7780-2 978-0-7546-9528-8 978-1-4094-7389-3 55.00

you can follow us on Twitter, find us on Facebook and read or comment on the Ashgate blog.
twitter.com/AshgatePolitics facebook.com/ashgatepublishing blog.ashgate.com
Volume 12, Tome V:

60.00
ASHGATE

Confrontation, Strategy and War Termination
Britains Conflict with Indonesia
Christopher Tuck, Kings College London at the Joint Services Command and Staff College, UK
Military Strategy and Operational Art
Culture and Foreign Policy

The Neglected Factor in International Relations
Howard J. Wiarda, University of Georgia, USA
The puzzle or query that chiefly concerns this author is why the United States (US) and its foreign policy have such a hard time understanding cultures and societies other than their own. This provocative book argues that the US needs to end its attitudes of superiority and condescension toward other nations and cultures and redirect its foreign policy accordingly. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 170 pages 978-1-4094-5329-1 978-1-4094-5330-7 978-1-4094-7189-9 50.00
Empire and International Order

Edited by Noel Parker, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
This book presents a critical examination of how useful the concept of empire is for understanding varieties of international order across time and place. Original contributions from an international team of upcoming and distinguished scholars analyse a wealth of theoretical approaches alongside contemporary themes enabling the reader to understand the desire to shift the ground of analysis away from the current literature of immediate issue of the US towards the disciplines of international relations, politics, and political/sociological theory. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 160 pages 978-0-7546-7993-6 978-0-7546-9975-0 978-1-4094-7342-8 55.00
At the heart of this book is the problem of war termination. The British experience in Indonesia in the 1960s represents an illuminating case study of the difficulties associated with strategy and the successful termination of conflicts. The value of this book lies in two areas: as a contribution to the literature on British counter-insurgency operations and as a contribution to the debates on the problems of war termination in the context of strategic thought. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 256 pages 978-1-4094-4630-9 978-1-4094-4631-6 978-1-4094-7184-4 60.00
Decentring the West

The Idea of Democracy and the Struggle for Hegemony
Edited by Viatcheslav Morozov, University of Tartu, Estonia
Decentring the West aims to demonstrate the urgent need to revisit the foundations of the global democratic consensus. By examining the views of democracy that exist in the countries on the semi-periphery of the world system such as Russia, Turkey, Bolivia, Venezuela, Brazil and China, as well as within the core (Estonia, Denmark and Sweden) the authors emphasise the truly universal significance of democracy, also showing the value of approaching this universality in a critical manner, as a consequence of the hegemonic position of the West in global politics. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 216 pages 978-1-4094-4970-6 978-1-4094-4971-3 978-1-4094-7464-7 55.00
The EU and the Eurozone Crisis

Policy Challenges and Strategic Choices
Edited by Finn Laursen, Dalhousie University, Canada
Corporate Responses to EU Emissions Trading

Resistance, Innovation or Responsibility?
Edited by Jon Birger Skjrseth and Per Ove Eikeland both at The Fridtjof Nansen Institute, Norway
Global Environmental Governance
The European Union (EU) aims to put Europe on track toward a low carbon economy. In this striking challenge, the EU Emissions Trading System (EU ETS) has been singled out as the Unions key climate policy instrument ultimately aimed as a model for a global carbon market. The learning effect of the EU ETS could thus be tremendous. This study explores how the EU ETS actually works on the ground affecting corporate climate strategies. It covers general sector responses as well as systematic comparative studies of companies across the sectors. The latter enables improved understanding of causal effects and the role of interaction between different policy instruments and other factors impacting corporate climate strategies. The study explores a broad set of mechanisms at play potentially linking the EU ETS to company climate strategies. These include how corporate norms of responsibility are affected by the EU ETS and how economic incentives provide opportunities for innovation. The books main contribution lies in the systematic examination of corporate responses to the EU ETS from a broad empirical and analytical social science perspective covering companies in all main EU ETS sectors: electric power, oil, cement, steel and pulp and paper. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 300 pages 978-1-4094-6078-7 978-1-4094-6079-4 978-1-4724-0487-9 60.00
The global financial crisis, which started in the United States in 2007 and spread to Europe in 2009, has shown that the Economic and Monetary Union is faulty, preventing monetary policy autonomy and inhibiting competitiveness. Part of the response to the crisis so far has been incremental moves towards fiscal and banking union, which will mean a deepening of European integration at a time when many observers believed that a certain equilibrium had been reached after the entry into force of the Lisbon Treaty in 2009. This book focuses on these developments as well as analysing other economic policies that affect the general economic welfare of the EU, including agriculture, trade and immigration policies. The book puts the Eurozone crisis into the wider context of deepening and widening. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 208 pages 978-1-4094-5729-9 978-1-4094-5730-5 978-1-4724-0817-4 55.00
45
Democratising the EU from Below?

Citizenship, Civil Society and the Public Sphere
Edited by Ulrike Liebert, and Alexander Gattig, both at the University of Bremen, Germany and Tatjana Evas, European University Institute, Italy
This original contribution to the debate about democratic citizenship vis--vis the challenges of economic globalisation and European political integration presents critical explorations of different fields of direct, representative, participatory and deliberative democratic citizenship practices that affect the transformation of Europe. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 242 pages 978-1-4094-6413-6 978-1-4094-6414-3 978-1-4724-0830-3 55.00
EU Climate Policy
Industry, Policy Interaction and External Environment
Elin Lerum Boasson, CICERO Center for Environmental and Climate Research, Norway and Jrgen Wettestad, Fridtjof Nansen Institute, Norway
A valuable and timely contribution to the scholarship of environmental management, this book assesses how the Europeanisation and marketisation of European industries, prominent European public management traditions, and dominant cross-national political coalitions have all contributed in shaping EU climate policy. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 236 pages 978-1-4094-0355-5 978-1-4094-0356-2 978-1-4094-7343-5 55.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/politics

Europe and the Post-Yugoslav Space
Edited by Branislav Radeljic, University of East London, UK
Charting the path from intervention to integration Europe and the Post-Yugoslav Space examines the role of Europeanisation on the development of the countries of the former Yugoslavia. Slovenia, Croatia, Macedonia, Montenegro, Serbia, Bosnia and Herzegovina and Kosovo may have a shared history but their experiences, views and attitudes to European integration vary dramatically. Opinion within each state is often equally as keenly divided as to the benefits of active membership. The debate within each country and their comparative differences in approach provide fascinating case studies on the importance and relevance of the EU and the effectiveness of Europeanisation. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 239 pages 978-1-4094-5390-1 978-1-4094-5391-8 978-1-4724-0456-5
Key Title The EUs Foreign Policy

What Kind of Power and Diplomatic Action?
Edited by Mario Tel and Frederik Ponjaert, both at the Universit Libre de Bruxelles, Belgium
Globalisation, Europe, Multilateralism series
Fighting for Rights

From Holy Wars to Humanitarian Military Interventions
Tal Dingott Alkopher, Hebrew University of Jerusalem, Israel
Ethics and Global Politics
A very timely and topical volume concerned with the impact of the Lisbon Treaty on the European Unions (EU) capacity to further develop a distinctive foreign policy in accordance with the various policy instruments necessary to fulfill its role as a global actor. This edited volume brings together a host of scholars in the fields of European Studies and International Relations whose contributions offer both innovative theoretical perspectives and new empirical insights. March 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 240 pages 978-1-4094-6452-5 978-1-4094-6451-8 978-1-4094-6453-2 978-1-4094-6454-9 20.00 65.00
In the light of NATOs humanitarian war in Kosovo is it possible to understand or explain wars as an outcome of perceptions of rights? How did rights, be they divine rights in the Middle Ages, territorial rights in the eighteenth century, or human rights today, become something that people are willing to fight and die for? To answer these questions, this book explores the linkage between concepts of rights and the practice of war in the international arena, describing how normative structures of rights have shaped different practices of war from medieval to modern times, through the lens of social constructivism. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-4539-5 978-1-4094-4540-1 978-1-4724-0120-5 55.00
55.00
European and American Extreme Right Groups and the Internet

Manuela Caiani and Linda Parenti, both part of Institute for Advanced Studies, Austria (IHS)
Caiani and Parenti analyse the potential role of the Internet on the identity-building processes of right wing organisations in France, Germany, Italy, Spain and USA and how their use of the internet influences their mobilisation and action strategies. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 192 pages 978-1-4094-0961-8 978-1-4094-0962-5 978-1-4724-0010-9 55.00
Feminist (Im)Mobilities in Fortress(ing) North America

Rights, Citizenships, and Identities in Transnational Perspective
Edited by Anne Sisson Runyan, and Amy Lind, both at the University of Cincinnati, USA, Patricia McDermott, York University, Canada and Marianne H. Marchand, Universidad de las Amricas Puebla, Mexico
Foreigners, Refugees or Minorities?

Rethinking People in the Context of Border Controls and Visas
Edited by Didier Bigo, Sciences-Po, France, Elspeth Guild, Radboud University Nijmegen, The Netherlands and Sergio Carrera, Centre for European Policy Studies (CEPS), Belgium
This book examines the relationship of citizenship, ethnicity and international relations and how these three aspects of the State, its people and its neighbours relate to one another. It studies the wide issue of international relations, citizenship and minority discrimination through the lens of the case study of European Roma who seek refugee status in Canada on account of their persecution in Europe. The volume assesses the relationships among citizenship, state protection and persecution and minority status, and how they can intersect with and destabilise foreign affairs. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 266 pages 978-1-4094-5253-9 978-1-4094-5254-6 978-1-4094-7405-0 60.00
46
European Integration and the Communist Dilemma

Communist Party Responses to Europe in Greece, Cyprus and Italy
Giorgos Charalambous, University of Cyprus
European Integration and the Communist Dilemma assesses the response of communist parties to European integration using three contrasting and comparatively significant case studies from Greece, Cyprus and Italy. These parties, in common with other radical parties in Europe, face a continuing strategic dilemma with regard to Europe through which larger questions about communist ideology and identity can be illuminated. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 238 pages 978-1-4094-3635-5 978-1-4094-3636-2 978-1-4094-7461-6 55.00
Drawing from current feminist scholarship on intimacy and political economy and using three main frameworks: Fortressing Writs/Exclusionary Rights, Mobile Bodies/ Immobile Citizenships, and Bordered/Borderland Identities, a handpicked group of established and rising feminist scholars methodically examine how the production of feminist knowledge has occurred in North America. The economic, racial, gender and sexual normativities that have emerged and/or been reconstituted in neoliberal and securitised North America further reveal the depth of regional and global restructuring. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 252 pages 978-1-4094-3313-2 978-1-4094-3314-9 978-1-4724-0433-6 55.00
ASHGATE

Future States
From International to Global Political Order
Stephen Paul Haigh
Globalisation consists of an interlocking array of political, economic, social and cultural forces that challenge the traditional international order in two key ways. First, states historically had hard shells, by means of which they were capable of consolidating differences between inside and outside to the point where the latter could more easily be quarantined. Second, for closely-related reasons they were largely able to absorb domestic society, such that the individual was less a citizen than a subject. But through globalising processes these (dubious) attributes have been starkly exposed, which leads Haigh to ask, Whither the state under globalisation? Insightful and well-written, this book is sure to spark lively debate while attempting to answer its central question. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 267 pages 978-1-4094-5756-5 978-1-4094-5757-2 978-1-4724-0737-5 60.00
Informal Norms in Global Governance

Human Rights, Intellectual Property Rules and Access to Medicines
Wolfgang Hein, GIGA German Institute of Global and Area Studies, Germany and Suerie Moon, Harvard University, USA
Global Health
Key Title Living with HIV and Dying with AIDS

Diversity, Inequality and Human Rights in the Global Pandemic
Lesley Doyal, University of Bristol, UK with Len Doyal, Queen Mary University of London, UK
Global Health
Hein and Moon take up a serious problem of contemporary global governance: what can be done when international trade rules prevent the realisation of basic human rights? This book recounts the remarkable story of the access to medicines movement and offers an explanation for how the access norm emerged against long odds. It also explores the stability and scope of the norm with respect to other diseases and emerging economies. Finally, in light of the high barriers to changing formal global trade rules, the book considers the potential and limitations of informal norms for protecting human rights, and when renewed focus on changing formal norms may be warranted. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 248 pages 978-1-4094-2633-2 978-1-4094-2634-9 978-1-4094-7090-8 55.00
Doyal brings together findings from a wide range of empirical studies spanning the social sciences to explore experiences of HIV positive people across the world. This will illustrate how the disease is physically manifested and psychologically internalised by individuals in diverse ways depending on the biological, social, cultural and economic circumstances in which they find themselves. A proper understanding of these commonalities and differences will be essential if future strategies are to be effective in mitigating the effects of HIV and AIDS. May 2013 Hardback Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-1-4094-3110-7 978-1-4094-3111-4 978-1-4094-3112-1 978-1-4724-0014-7 65.00 25.00
G20 Governance for a Globalized World

John J. Kirton, University of Toronto, Canada
Global Finance
Is Europe Listening to Us?

Successes and Failures of EU Citizen Consultations
Edited by Raphal Kies, University of Luxembourg and Patricia Nanz, University of Bremen, Germany
How can the European Union engage and connect with the people it aims to represent? What initiatives and schemes have been used to engage EU citizens? To what extent can such procedures be considered a move forward towards a more participative and democratic Europe? This collection of internationally recognised specialists in European integration and innovative democratic practices seek to answer these key questions, explore European citizens thoughts and opinions about the EU and evaluate the governing elites attempts to engage with the public. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 230 pages 978-1-4094-5435-9 978-1-4094-5436-6 978-1-4724-0059-8 55.00
This study mobilises classic and contemporary international relations theory to explain the causes of observed G20 governance, and on this basis offers some concluding predictions about its future course. In particular it offers an account, grounded in the competitive dynamics among international institutions in a crowded world, rather than one based merely on the older model of forumshopping among states in an anarchic system February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 460 pages 978-1-4094-2829-9 978-1-4094-2830-5 978-1-4724-0450-3 65.00
The Mainstreaming of the Extreme Right in France and Australia

A Populist Hegemony?
Aurlien Mondon, The University of Bath, UK
This compelling study on the rise of right-wing parties in two countries with different histories but similar experiences of how mainstream parties campaigned and reacted to the changing political landscape presents a fascinating comparison of the history and political impact of ethno-exclusivist and right-wing populist politics in liberal democracies. A detailed and thorough comparative analysis of parties such as the Front National and One Nation, and the mainstreaming of their discourse by prominent leaders like John Howard and Nicolas Sarkozy, offers new insights on the rise of the contemporary extreme right and how these groups and the ideas they represent have become increasingly mainstream, and perhaps even hegemonic in the current political state. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-1-4094-5260-7 978-1-4094-5261-4 978-1-4724-0526-5 55.00
47
Globalization: Causes and Effects

Edited by David A. Deese, Boston College, USA
The Library of Essays in International Relations
The pioneering articles selected for this book represent the most important scholarly contributions published to date on the central theme of globalisation. The majority of the papers are from political scientists, but a substantial number are from economists, sociologists and historians. The volume covers a range of subject areas including: forms, origins and causes; political dimensions and implications; economic and financial impacts; identity, culture and civilisation; and the future of globalisation. August 2012 Hardback 604 pages 978-0-7546-2687-9 170.00
Key Title The Law of War

Third Edition
Ingrid Detter, University of Oxford, UK
Justice, International Law and Global Security
Mapping Agency
Comparing Regionalisms in Africa
Edited by Ulrike Lorenz, University of Potsdam, Germany and Martin Rempe, University of Konstanz, Germany
The Greek Crisis in the Media

Stereotyping in the International Press
George Tzogopoulos, The Hellenic Foundation for European and Foreign Policy, Athens, Greece
The Greek Crisis in the Media debates and dissects the extent to which the Greek response to the financial crisis has been given a fair and balanced coverage by the press and questions how far politics and national stereotypes have played their part in the reporting of events. Byplacing the Greek experiences and treatment alongside those of other EU members such as Portugal, Ireland, Italy and Spain Tzogopoulos examines and highlights similarities and differences in the ways in which different countries tackled the challenges they faced during this crucial period and explores how and why the worlds media reported these events. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 180 pages 978-1-4094-4871-6 978-1-4094-4872-3 978-1-4094-7401-2 50.00
The third edition of Ingrid Detters authoritative work explores the changing legal context of modern warfare in light of events over the last decade. The new edition covers post 9/11 events and the resulting changes in the ethos of war. It analyses the role of military companies sometimes authorised by States to act in war-like situations and examines what their legitimacy means for international society. The edition also discusses certain intrinsic rules in the Law of War, such as rules giving individuals the right to be spared genocide, torture, slavery and, at least nowadays, apartheid and assure them basic democratic rights. June 2013 Hardback Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 434 pages 978-1-4094-6495-2 978-1-4094-6498-3 978-1-4094-6496-9 978-1-4094-6497-6
85.00 24.99
Mapping Agency provides an empirically rich African perspective on regionalisms in Sub-Saharan Africa. It adopts an actor-centred approach but departs from a rather simplified understanding of agency as exerting power and instead scrutinises to what extent actors actually participate in or are excluded from processes of regionalism. The value of this volume derives from the inclusion of historical dimensions, its open multi-actor approach to both formal and informal processes and its comparative perspective within but also beyond SubSaharan Africa. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 182 pages 978-1-4094-6510-2 978-1-4094-6511-9 978-1-4094-6512-6 55.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730

The Mediatization of Religion
When Faith Rocks
Luis Mauro Sa Martino, Casper Libero Faculty of Media and Communication, Brazil
The Mediatization of Religion presents data which suggests that the presence and influence of religion in public affairs around the world has been strongly supported by the use of media communication, and highlights the way some religions have adopted media communication and drawn on popular culture to build their message. The book offers a number of case studies and contemporary examples to illustrate the theory, and will be essential reading for all students and scholars of media, politics and all those interested in the part religion plays in our society. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 160 pages 978-1-4094-3628-7 978-1-4094-3629-4 978-1-4094-7292-6 50.00
No Place for a War Baby

The Global Politics of Children born of Wartime Sexual Violence
Donna Seto, Australian National University, Australia
The Politics of Energy and Memory between the Baltic States and Russia
Agnia Grigas
Post-Soviet Politics
Seto investigates why children born of wartime sexual violence are rarely included in post-conflict processes of reconciliation and recovery. In considering this, Seto examines how the theories and practices of mainstream International Relations (IR) can silence the experiences of war rape survivors and children born of wartime sexual violence and explores the theoretical frameworks within IR and the institutional structures that uphold protection regimes for children and women. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 222 pages 978-1-4094-4923-2 978-1-4094-4924-9 978-1-4094-7402-9 55.00
The Baltic states share similar histories and resources, and face the same geopolitical challenges. All are dependent on Russia for energy yet, as this fascinating study reveals, they have pursued very different foreign policies towards their powerful neighbour. In The Politics of Energy and Memory between the Baltic States and Russia Grigas provides an unprecedented analysis of contemporary Baltic-Russian relations and identifies the causal factors that drive the foreign policies of the Baltic states in such divergent routes. Supported by case studies on the oil and gas sectors as well as the tug of history, this book is an invaluable resource for scholars and policy makers. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 220 pages 978-1-4094-4653-8 978-1-4094-4654-5 978-1-4094-7185-1 55.00
Military Medical Ethics for the 21st Century

Edited by Michael L. Gross, The University of Haifa, Israel and Don Carrick, University of Hull, UK
Military and Defence Ethics
Nuclear Weapons and U.S.Russian Security Policies

Stephen J. Cimbala, Penn State University Brandywine, USA
This is the most comprehensive view of nuclear weapons policy and strategy currently available. The authors division of the nuclear issue into the three ages is a never seen before analytical construct. With President Obama reelected, the reduction and even elimination of nuclear weapons will now rise to the top of the agenda once more. Moreover, given the likelihood of reductions in US defense spending, the subject of the triad, which is covered in Chapter One, will no doubt be an important subject of debate, as will the issue of missile defense, covered in Chapter 10. This book provides an excellent analysis of the spread of nuclear weapons in Asia and the Middle East and the potential dangers of a North Korean or Iranian breakout, subjects that dominate current policy debates. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4724-0985-0 978-1-4724-0986-7 978-1-4724-0987-4 55.00
Radicalism Unveiled
Farhaan Wali
Religion and International Security
48
Military Medical Ethics for the 21st Century is the first full length, broad-based treatment of this important subject. Written by an international team of practitioners and academics, this book provides interdisciplinary insights into the major issues facing military-medical decision makers and critically examines the tensions and dilemmas inherent in the military and medical professions. In this book the authors explore the practice of battlefield bioethics, medical neutrality and treatment of the wounded, enhancement technologies for war fighters, the potential risks of dual-use biotechnologies, patient rights for active duty personnel, military medical research and military medical ethics education in the 21st Century. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 288 pages 978-1-4094-3898-4 978-1-4094-3899-1 978-1-4094-7396-1 70.00
Radicalism Unveiled is an essential and unique contribution to our knowledge concerning the rise of Islamic radicalism in Britain. Through the study of Hizb ut-Tahrir (The Liberation Party), the spectre of radicalisation looms large and Muslim youth in Britain are increasingly linked to this group, making a critical examination of this complex phenomenon far overdue. By penetrating the clandestine veil of Islamic radicalism, the book is able to interpret and analyse the closed social world of radical activism. Relatively unchallenged within British society, Radicalism Unveiled has one key purpose: to determine and explain why some young Muslims join Hizb ut-Tahrir. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 208 pages 978-1-4094-6371-9 978-1-4094-6372-6 978-1-4724-0852-5 55.00
No Miracle
What Asia Can Teach All Countries About Growth
Mitchell Wigdor, NEXTEP STRATEGY INC., Canada
Global Finance
Policy Expertise in Contemporary Democracies

Edited by Stephen Brooks, University of Michigan, USA, Dorota Stasiak and Tomasz Zyro both at the University of Warsaw, Poland
The contributors to this insightful and original volume argue that across the western world in general, the political expert occupies as important a role today as at any time in the past. The ubiquity of information and the fact that the experts and the organizations to which they are affiliated may be viewed as having an ideological agenda has not diminished their role, influence or status. Governments and the media still rely on them for information and advice whilst organisations in civil society need them in order to provide the evidence, arguments and policy recommendations that are essential to having a voice in the public conversation. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 226 pages 978-1-4094-5250-8 978-1-4094-5251-5 978-1-4094-7296-4 55.00
Resisting Gendered Norms

Civil Society, the Juridical and Political Space in Cambodia
Mona Lilja, University of Gothenburg, Sweden
No Miracle examines the role of institutions in bridging the digital divide between rich and poor nations and what that means for the countrys integration into a global economy. Shifting the debate from whether institutions are important to economic development to which institutions are important and how to build them, Mitchell Wigdor expertly addresses fundamental shortcomings in the existing development literature by identifying specific institutions that mediate the relationship between Information and Communications Technology (ICT) and economic growth. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 222 pages 978-1-4094-3811-3 978-1-4094-3812-0 978-1-4094-7463-0 60.00
Departing from James Scotts idea that oppression and resistance are in constant change, Resisting Gendered Norms provides us with a compelling account on the nexus between gender, resistance and gender-based violence in Cambodia. To illustrate how resistance is often carried out in the tension between, on the one hand, universal/globalised representations and, on the other, local truths and identity constructions, in-depth interviews with civil society representatives, politicians as well as stakeholders within the legal/juridical system were conducted. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 147 pages 978-1-4094-3431-3 978-1-4094-3432-0 978-1-4724-0016-1 50.00
ASHGATE

In Sensible Judgement
Max Deutscher, Macquarie University, Australia and University of Queensland, Australia
Opening with the landmark Mabo High Court case in Australia and with detailed reference to other significant debates of judgement of the twentieth century Max Deutscher seeks to explore and explain approaches to the concepts of what is good, right and legal. Describing a connection between reason and grounds intrinsic to judgement he analyses and explores the tendency towards absolutism that displaces proper judgement. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 245 pages 978-1-4094-5447-2 978-1-4094-5448-9 978-1-4094-7406-7 55.00
The European Union Neighbourhood

Ten Years into the New Millennium
Edited by Teresa Cierco, University of Biera Interior, Portugal
Turkey-Syria Relations
Between Enmity and Amity
Edited by Raymond Hinnebusch, University of St. Andrews, Scotland and zlem Tr, Middle East Technical University, Turkey
In this internationally collaborative work, co-edited by Hinnebusch and Tr, British, Syrian and Turkish scholars address these questions and examine the various domestic and international drivers in this key regional relationship. They discuss what theories best help us understand these seismic realignments and explore the impact of economic interdependence, identity changes and power balances on the evolving relationship between these two key regional powers. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 266 pages 978-1-4094-5281-2 978-1-4094-5282-9 978-1-4724-0122-9 60.00
States of Disorder
Understanding State Failure and Intervention in the Periphery
Dan Halvorson, Griffith University, Australia
This book is a comparative history of the conditions under which great powers and their close allies care enough about disorder from the periphery to mount costly armed interventions to reverse what they deem to be state failure. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 206 pages 978-1-4094-5188-4 978-1-4094-5189-1 978-1-4094-7295-7 55.00
This volume brings together a broad range of scholars seeking to highlight some of the main issues that concern the European relations with its neighbours countries in the Western Balkans, the Eastern and Southern Europe, and with Russia. In short, the volume raises important, timely issues regarding the challenges and opportunities confronting the European Union in its neighbourhood which both policy makers and academicians will find both informative and though provoking in their efforts to understand the nature and complexity of the European Union actions in its neighbourhood. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 220 pages 978-1-4094-5723-7 978-1-4094-5724-4 978-1-4724-0814-3 55.00
Uncovering African Agency

Angolas Management of Chinas Credit Lines
Lucy Corkin, University of London, UK
In this thought provoking and original work Corkin demonstrates how Angola has been amongst the most successful of African nations to use Chinas involvement in the region to grow their economies and solicit renewed interest from previously disengaged foreign powers, bolstering their political capital. Uncovering African Agency casts a fascinating new light on Chinas involvement with her largest African trading partner and through this shows how different African states and the governmental actors within them are able to exploit the relationship to their best advantage. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-1-4094-4865-5 978-1-4094-4866-2 978-1-4094-7186-8 55.00
Towards an African Peace and Security Regime

Continental Embeddedness, Transnational Linkages, Strategic Relevance
Edited by Joo Gomes Porto, University of Bradford, UK, and Ulf Engel, University of Leipzig, Germany
Global Security in a Changing World
The Success of Sanctions

Lessons Learned from the EU Experience
Francesco Giumelli, Metropolitan University Prague, Czech Republic
In this book Francesco Giumelli measures the true effectiveness of EU sanctions against a range of states including Belarus, Zimbabwe, Moldova, Uzbekistan, the USA and China. He demonstrates that focussing purely on behavioural change is limiting, especially when considering the actions and motivation of an international organisation, and develops a process to evaluate the direct and indirect impact of EU sanctions. Giumelli demonstrates the many different ways sanctions have been used by the EU to produce positive direct and indirect results and provides a multi-level framework to assess the success of sanctions in the future. July 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 241 pages 978-1-4094-4531-9 978-1-4094-4532-6 978-1-4094-7399-2 55.00
This book provides an informed and critical reflection on the adequacy of the emerging African Peace and Security Architecture (APSA) to the medium- and long-term challenges and opportunities of conflict prevention, management and resolution in Africa. The book revolves around three main areas of focus: continental embeddedness, transnational linkages, strategic relevance with case-studies on ECOWAS, SADC and COMESA. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 260 pages 978-0-7546-7604-1 978-1-4094-6411-2 978-1-4094-6412-9 60.00
49
War, Clausewitz and the Trinity

Thomas Waldman, University of York, UK
In this book, Waldman explores Clausewitzs central theoretical device for understanding war the remarkable trinity of politics, chance, and passion. Through an indepth reinterpretation of On War and Clausewitzs other writings, conducted through the prism of the trinity and in the light of contemporary scholarship on war, this book draws on existing studies to present fresh perspectives into aspects of Clausewitzs thought and emphasises elements of his theory that have often been neglected. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 216 pages 978-1-4094-5139-6 978-1-4094-5140-2 978-1-4094-7411-1 55.00
Transatlantic Trends in Democracy Promotion

Electoral Assistance in the Palestinian Territories
Rouba Al-Fattal
In this systematic, comparative analysis of European, American and Canadian efforts to assist elections and transform governance in conflict zones Al-Fattal greatly advances the empirical knowledge of electoral assistance and provides the first steps needed to reform electoral assistance policy to cope with the challenges of the twenty-first century. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 350 pages 978-1-4094-4929-4 978-1-4094-4930-0 978-1-4094-7095-3 75.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
Religion and Theology

African Traditions in the Study of Religion, Diaspora and Gendered Societies
Edited by Afe Adogame, University of Edinburgh, UK, Ezra Chitando, University of Zimbabwe and Bolaji Bateye, Awolowo University, Nigeria
Vitality of Indigenous Religions
Children of God
The Child as Source of Theological Anthropology
Edmund Newey, Diocese of Birmingham, UK
Children of God sheds new light on the role of the child figure in modernity, and in theological responses to it, the book makes an important contribution to the disciplines of historical theology, theology and literature and ecumenical theology. Through a careful exploration of the continuities and differences in the work of Thomas Traherne, Jean-Jacques Rousseau, Friedrich Schleiermacher and Charles Pguy, it traces the ways in which their distinctive responses to human childhood structured the broader pattern of their theology. November 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 242 pages 978-1-4094-3410-8 978-1-4094-3411-5 978-1-4094-7118-9 55.00
Hells Destruction
An Exploration of Christs Descent to the Dead
Catherine Ella Laufer, Charles Sturt University, Australia
This book explores various interpretations of the doctrine of Christs descent to the dead, both within particular historical contexts and within contemporary theology. Drawing on a treasure trove of writings from the western theological tradition, including Luther, Calvin, Maurice, Balthasar, Moltmann and others, and attending to historical, theological, exegetical, philosophical and pastoral issues, this book explores an often-ignored doctrine which lies at the core of Christian life, death and faith. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 204 pages 978-1-4094-5194-5 978-1-4094-5195-2 978-1-4094-6750-2 50.00
This book presents a unique multidisciplinary exploration of African traditions in the study of religion, diaspora, and gendered societies. Contributors drawn from diverse African and global contexts situate current scholarly traditions of the study of African religions within the purview of academic encounter and exchanges with non-African scholars and non-African contexts. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 212 pages 978-1-4094-4614-9 978-1-4094-4615-6 978-1-4724-0429-9 55.00
Key Title The Ashgate Research Companion to John Owens Theology

Edited by Kelly M. Kapic, Covenant College, USA and Mark Jones, University of the Free State, Bloemfontein
As a revival in Owen studies and reprints has taken place, this much-needed companion by an international group of leading scholars, helpfully explores key questions related to Owens method, theology and pastoral practice. Examining his thought through such topics as his epic work on the Holy Spirit, his developed view of faith and reason, and his contribution to the place of toleration, this book offers an authoritative exploration of Britains greatest theologians.
Key Title Exploring Ordinary Theology

Everyday Christian Believing and the Church
Edited by Jeff Astley, Durham University, UK and Leslie J. Francis, University of Warwick, UK
Explorations in Practical, Pastoral and Empirical Theology
Key Title Image, Word and God in the Early Christian Centuries
Mark Edwards, University of Oxford, UK
Ashgate Studies in Philosophy and Theology in Late Antiquity
Exploring Ordinary Theology presents fresh contributions from a wide range of authors, who address the theological, empirical and practical dimensions of this central feature of ordinary Christian existence and the life of the Church. March 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 236 pages 978-1-4094-4257-8 978-1-4094-4256-1 978-1-4094-4258-5 978-1-4724-0151-9 18.99 55.00
This book investigates the concept of logos in pagan, Jewish and Christian thought, with a view to elucidating the polyphonic functions which the word acquired when used in theological discourse. Edwards presents a survey of theological applications of the term Logos in Greek, Jewish and Christian thought from Plato to Augustine and Proclus. Bringing together materials which are rarely synthesised in modern study, this book shows how Greek and biblical thought part company in their appraisal of the capacity of reason to grasp the nature of God, and how in consequence verbal revelation plays a more significant role in biblical teaching. January 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 228 pages 978-1-4094-0671-6 978-1-4094-0645-7 978-1-4094-0646-4 978-1-4094-7352-7 19.99 55.00
50
October 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB
352 pages 978-1-4094-3488-7 978-1-4094-3489-4 978-1-4094-8429-5
85.00
God and War

The Church of England and Armed Conflict in the Twentieth Century
Edited by Stephen G. Parker, University of Worcester, UK and Tom Lawson, University of Winchester, UK
This book takes the perspective of the home front rather than the battlefield. Presenting accounts and analysis of the views of Anglican clerics on the issue of warfare and international conflict across the century, the contributors explore the churchs stance on the causes, morality and conduct of warfare; on pacifism, obliteration bombing, retribution, forgiveness and reconciliation; on the pastoral issues conflicts give rise to; on nuclear possession and deterrence. The authors discover how far the Church influenced both public appraisal of war, and even how far Church leaders could influence government policy. November 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-0-7546-6692-9 978-1-4094-5316-1 978-1-4094-7120-2 55.00
Key Title The Ashgate Research Companion to World Methodism

Edited by William Gibson, Peter Forsaith and Martin Wellings
Ashgate Methodist Studies Series
Key Title Key Theological Thinkers

From Modern to Postmodern
Edited by Staale Johannes Kristiansen, The University of Bergen and Svein Rise, NLA University College Bergen, Norway
This anthology spans arguably one of the most creative periods in the history of Christian theology and includes thinkers from all three Christian traditions: protestant, catholic and orthodox. Each individual portrait in this anthology includes a biographical introduction, an overview of theological or philosophical writing, presentation of key thoughts, and contextual placing of the thinker within 20th Century religious discourse. Overview articles explore postmodern theology, radical orthodoxy, ecumenical theology, feminist theology, and liberation theology. A final section includes portraits of important thinkers who have influenced Christian thought from other fields, not least from Continental philosophy and literature. March 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 690 pages 978-1-4094-3763-5 978-1-4094-3762-8 978-1-4094-3764-2 978-1-4094-7468-5 19.99 65.00
As a religious and social phenomenon, Methodism engages with a number of disciplines including history, sociology, gender studies and theology. This Companion brings together a team of respected international scholars writing on key themes in World Methodism to produce an authoritative and state-of-the-art review of current scholarship, mapping the territory for future research, and is an invaluable resource for scholars worldwide. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 446 pages 978-1-4094-0138-4 978-1-4094-6214-9 978-1-4724-0514-2 85.00
ASHGATE

Key Title Military Chaplaincy in Contention
Chaplains, Churches and the Morality of Conflict
Edited by Andrew Todd, Cardiff Centre for Chaplaincy Studies, UK
Explorations in Practical, Pastoral and Empirical Theology
The Rite of Christian Initiation

Adult Rituals and Roman Catholic Ecclesiology
Peter McGrail, Liverpool Hope University, UK
Liturgy, Worship and Society Series
Key Title Stories from the Street

A Theology of Homelessness
David Nixon, University of Exeter, UK
Stories from the Street is a theological exploration of interviews with men and women who have experienced homelessness at some stage in their lives. Expanding the existing literature of contextual theology, this book provides an alternative focus to a church-shaped mission by advocating with, and for, a very marginal group, suggesting that their experiences have much to teach the church. Engaging with contemporary political and cultural debates about poverty, housing and public spending, Nixon presents a unique theological exploration of homeless people, suffering, hope and the human condition. February 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 208 pages 978-1-4094-3746-8 978-1-4094-3745-1 978-1-4094-3747-5 978-1-4094-7454-8 19.99 55.00
Through the unique chaplains eye view of the significance of their experience for understanding the ethics of war, this book offers clearer understanding of chaplaincy in the context of the changing nature of international conflict (shaped around insurgency and non-state forces) and explores the response of faith communities to the role of the armed services. It makes the case for relocating understandings of just war within a theological framework and for a clear understanding of the relationship between the mission of chaplaincy and that of the military. May 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 196 pages 978-1-4094-3158-9 978-1-4094-3157-2 978-1-4094-3159-6 978-1-4094-7117-2 16.99 50.00
Peter McGrail explores the relationship between ritual form, ecclesial self-understanding and constructs of the world that are at play as adults become members of the Church. Analysing the rites by which adults were taken into the Church for three and a half centuries, this book goes on to explore attempts to find a new ritual expression for the journey to Christian Initiation, set against the divergent and even conflicting ecclesiologies which were at play before and during the Council. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 191 pages 978-1-4094-2655-4 978-1-4094-2656-1 978-1-4724-0238-7 50.00
Sacrifice and the Body

Biblical Anthropology and Christian Self-Understanding
John Dunnill, Murdoch University, Australia
Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology and Biblical Studies
Theological Reflection and the Pursuit of Ideals

Theology, Human Flourishing and Freedom
Edited by David Jasper, University of Glasgow, UK and Dale Wright, Occidental College, USA
In Theological Reflections and the Pursuit of Ideals internationally renowned scholars from a range of disciplines engage with these crucial questions with the intention of articulating a new and historically appropriate vision of theological reflection and the pursuit of ideals for our global times. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 190 pages 978-1-4094-5239-3 978-1-4094-5240-9 978-1-4724-0055-0 50.00
Religion in the Thought of Mikhail Bakhtin

Reason and Faith
Hilary B.P . Bagshaw, University of Sheffield, UK
Ashgate New Critical Thinking in Religion, Theology and Biblical Studies
This book examines the significance of religion in the work of the Twentieth-Century philosopher Mikhail Bakhtin, Exploring Bakhtins contribution to debates on methodology in the study of religion, this book argues that his use of religious terminology is derived from his source material in philosophy of religion and not from his confessional commitment to Russian Orthodox Christianity. Critiquing Gavin Floods important work Beyond Phenomenology, Bagshaw explains how Bakhtins work on outsideness presents invaluable insights for scholars of religion, particularly pertinent to the contemporary insider/outsider debate. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 168 pages 978-1-4094-6240-8 978-1-4094-6241-5 978-1-4094-6242-2 50.00
What is sacrifice? For many people today the word has negative overtones, suggesting loss, or death, or violence. But in religions, ancient and modern, the word is linked primarily to joyous feasting which puts people in touch with the deepest realities. John Dunnills study brings together insights from social anthropology, biblical studies, liturgy and Trinitarian theology, exploring debates in sociology and cultural studies. Through a positive view of sacrifice, the author contributes to contemporary Christian debates on atonement and salvation. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 229 pages 978-1-4094-1882-5 978-1-4094-1883-2 978-1-4724-0048-2 55.00
51
Thomism in John Owen

Christopher Cleveland
Examining the influence of Thomas Aquinas and his followers upon the seventeenth century Puritan theologian John Owen, this book breaks new ground in exploring the impact of medieval thought upon Reformed scholasticism. In this book Cleveland fills a significant gap in Owen studies by pursuing a deeper understanding of the role that Thomas Aquinas and the school of thought known as Thomism played in Owens theology, from his works on providence and salvation by the Holy Spirit to his Christological work. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 190 pages 978-1-4094-5579-0 978-1-4094-6268-2 978-1-4724-0711-5 50.00
Society Shaped by Theology

Sociological Theology Volume 3
Robin Gill, University of Kent, Canterbury, UK
Ashgate Contemporary Ecclesiology
Resisting the Place of Belonging

Uncanny Homecomings in Religion, Narrative and the Arts
Edited by Daniel Boscaljon, University of Iowa, USA
This book challenges our assumptions about the value of home, arguing for the ethical value of our feeling displaced and homeless in the 21st century. Home is explored in places ranging from digital keyboards to literary texts, and investigates how we mediate our homecomings aesthetically through cultural artifacts and conceptual structures (philosophy, theology, ethics and narratives). In questioning the place of home in human lives and the struggles involved with defining, defending, naming and returning to homes, the volume collects and extends ideas about home and homecomings that will inform traditional problems in novel ways. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 224 pages 978-1-4094-5394-9 978-1-4094-5395-6 978-1-4094-7353-4 55.00
Society Shaped by Theology explores the possibility that theological concepts may sometimes still be influential in the modern world. It follows in the tradition of Max Weber, arguing that theological virtues and debates can at times be transposed, wittingly or unwittingly, into society at large. Gill examines the unusual instance of the public debate about Honest to God in the 1960s, but then turns to the current debate about faith and social capital, adding fresh and unexpected evidence. April 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 196 pages 978-1-4094-2600-4 978-1-4094-2601-1 978-1-4094-2602-8 978-1-4724-0294-3 19.99 55.00
Transforming Masculinities in African Christianity

Gender Controversies in Times of AIDS
Adriaan S. van Klinken, SOAS, University of London, UK
Exploring the complexity and ambiguity of religious gender discourses in contemporary African contexts, this book critically examines the ways in which some progressive African theologians, and a Catholic parish and a Pentecostal church in Zambia, work on a transformation of masculinities. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 240 pages 978-1-4094-5114-3 978-1-4094-5115-0 978-1-4724-0152-6 55.00
How to order
Order online at ashgate.com and receive a 10% discount, or contact our distributor (Bookpoint) by email: ashgate@bookpoint.co.uk or phone: +44 (0)1235 827730
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/religion

The Unconquered Land and Other Old Testament Essays
Selected Studies by Rudolf Smend
Edited by Edward Ball, University of Nottingham, UK and Margaret Barker, Society for Old Testament Study, UK
Society for Old Testament Study
SERIES
Ashgate AHRC/ESRC Religion and Society Series
Series Editors: Linda Woodhead and Rebecca Catto, both at the University of Lancaster, UK
This book series emanates from the largest research programme on religion in Europe today- the AHRC/ESRC Religion and Society Programme which has invested in over seventy-five research projects. Thirty-two separate disciplines are represented looking at religion across the world, many with a contemporary and some with an historical focus. This international, multi-disciplinary and interdisciplinary book series will include monographs, paperback textbooks and edited research collections drawn from this leading research programme.
This final book published in the series collects together for the first time in English translation a selection of essays on central themes and texts in Old Testament criticism and exegesis by Rudolf Smend, one of the worlds most eminent senior scholars in the field. The essays are marked by penetrating exegetical and critical insight as well as by an unrivalled knowledge of the history of Old Testament scholarship. Their publication will serve to make the range and vitality of Smends work more widely known to English-speaking readers. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 275 pages 978-1-4094-2945-6 978-1-4094-2946-3 978-1-4724-0227-1 55.00
Contesting Secularism
Comparative Perspectives
Edited by Anders Berg-Srensen, University of Copenhagen, Denmark
Drawing together contributions from leading scholars from across the world Contesting Secularism analyses how secularism functions as a political doctrine in different national contexts put under pressure by globalisation. Through its inter-disciplinary and comparative approach, Contesting Secularism sets a new agenda for thinking about the place of religion in the public sphere of twenty-first century societies. It is essential reading for policy-makers, as well as for scholars and students in political science, law, sociology and religious studies. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 232 pages 978-1-4094-5740-4 978-1-4094-5741-1 978-1-4724-0453-4 55.00
Understanding Muslim Chaplaincy

Sophie Gilliat-Ray and Mansur Ali, Cardiff University, UK and Stephen Pattison, Birmingham University, UK
Understanding Muslim Chaplaincy provides a lens through which to explore critical questions relating to contemporary religion in public life, and the institutionalisation of Islam in particular. Providing a rich description of the personnel, practice, and politics of contemporary Muslim chaplaincy, the authors consider the extent to which Muslim chaplaincy might be distinctive in Britain relative to the work of Muslim chaplains in the USA and other countries. This book offers a ground-breaking study in the field of contemporary religion that will stimulate discussion for many years to come about Islam and Muslims in Western societies. May 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 208 pages 978-1-4094-3593-8 978-1-4094-3592-1 978-1-4094-3594-5 978-1-4724-0228-8 19.99 60.00
Varieties of Personal Theology

Charting the Beliefs and Values of American Young Adults
David T. Gortner, Virginia Theological Seminary, USA
Through fascinating in-depth interviews and surveys, David Gortner looks specifically at emerging adults (aged 1825) as young theologians who, regardless of religious background, wrestle with fundamental questions of place, purpose, ultimate cause and ultimate aims in life. This book reveals how American young adults are active theologians forging diverse ways of seeing and being in the world shaped by their experiences and in turn continuing to shape their choices in life.
52
May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB
240 pages 978-1-4094-2552-6 978-1-4094-2553-3 978-1-4724-0482-4
50.00
Religion in the Neoliberal Age

Political Economy and Modes of Governance
Edited by Franois Gauthier, University of Fribourg, Switzerland and Tuomas Martikainen, University of Helsinki, Finland
This book, together with the complementary volume Religion in Consumer Society, focuses on religion, neoliberalism and consumer society; offering an overview of an emerging field of research in the study of contemporary religion. Outlining changes in both the political-institutional and cultural spheres, the contributors offer an international overview of developments in different countries and state of the art representation of religion in the new global political economy. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 260 pages 978-1-4094-4978-2 978-1-4094-4979-9 978-1-4094-7335-0 55.00
Ways of Meeting and the Theology of Religions

David Cheetham, University of Birmingham, UK
Transcending Boundaries in Philosophy and Theology
Exploring the different points of view and tones of voice adopted in theology for the meeting of religions, this book presents a contemporary philosophical and theological engagement with key issues of how different faiths might meet, of comparative philosophy of religion, the use of aesthetics, inter-religious ethics and issues relating to the self. Providing a critical evaluation of contemporary liberal, post-liberal and conservative voices, this book highlights the use of the creative imagination and explores new ideas for the meeting of religions. April 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 208 pages 978-0-7546-6359-1 978-0-7546-6357-7 978-1-4094-6507-2 978-1-4724-0469-5 19.99 50.00
ASHGATE
SERIES
SERIES
Ashgate Inform Intensities: Contemporary Series on Minority Continental Philosophy of Religion Series Editor: Patrice Haynes and Steven Shakespeare, both at Liverpool Hope University, UK Religions and This series sits at the forefront of contemporary developments in continental philosophy of religion, engaging Spiritual particularly with radical reinterpretations and applications of the continental canon from Kant to Derrida and beyond but also with significant departures from that tradition. A key area of focus is the emergence of new realist and Movements materialist schools of thought whose potential contribution to philosophy of religion is at an early stage. Rooted in a
Series Editor: Eileen Barker, London School of Economics, UK and Chair and Honorary Director of Inform
Inform is an independent charity that collects and disseminates accurate, balanced and up-to-date information about minority religious and spiritual movements. The Ashgate-Inform book series addresses themes related to new religions, many of which have been the topics of Inform seminars. The series editorial board consists of internationally renowned scholars in the field. Books in the series will attract both an academic and interested general readership, particularly in the areas of Religious Studies, and the Sociology of Religion and Theology. vibrant tradition of thinking about religion, whilst positioning itself at the cutting edge of emerging agendas, this series has a clear focus on continental and post-continental philosophy of religion and complements Ashgates British Society for Philosophy of Religion series with its more analytic approach.
Heidegger on Death
A Critical Theological Essay
George Pattison, University of Oxford, UK
This book examines the question of death in the light of Heideggers paradigmatic discussion in Being and Time. Pattison reveals where and how Heidegger and theology part ways but also how Heidegger can helpfully challenge theology to rethink one of its own fundamental questions: human beings relation to their death and the meaning of death in their religious lives. April 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 208 pages 978-1-4094-6695-6 978-1-4094-6694-9 978-1-4094-6696-3 978-1-4094-6697-0 17.99 55.00
Re-visioning Gender in Philosophy of Religion

Reason, Love and Epistemic Locatedness
Pamela Sue Anderson, University of Oxford, UK
Intensities: Contemporary Continental Philosophy of Religion
Prophecy in the New Millennium

When Prophecies Persist
Edited by Sarah Harvey and Suzanne Newcombe, Inform, UK
This volume gives a concise but comprehensive overview of the rich diversity of prophecy, its role in major world religions as well as in new religions and alternative spiritualties, its social dynamics and its impact on individuals lives. Academic analyses are complemented with contextualised primary source testimonies of those who live and have lived within a prophetic framework. April 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 260 pages 978-1-4094-4996-6 978-1-4094-4995-9 978-1-4094-4997-3 978-1-4724-0061-1 19.99 50.00
Unearthing the ways in which the myths of Christian patriarchy have historically inhibited and prohibited women from thinking and writing their own ideas, this book covers fresh ground for revisioning the epistemic practices of philosophers. Anderson seeks both to draw out the salient threads in the gendering of philosophy of religion as it has been practiced and to revision gender for philosophy today. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 264 pages 978-0-7546-0784-7 978-1-4094-5412-0 978-1-4094-7232-2 55.00
Intensities
Philosophy, Religion and the Affirmation of Life
Edited by Katharine Sarah Moody and Steven Shakespeare, Liverpool Hope University, UK
This book breaks new ground in religious and philosophical thinking on the concept of life. It captures a moment in which such thinking is regaining its force and attraction for scholars, and the relevance of thought to social, cultural, political and religious dilemmas about how and why to live. Bringing together original contributions by highly distinguished authors in the field of continental philosophy of religion, including John D. Caputo, Pamela Sue Anderson, Philip Goodchild, Alison Martin and Don Cupitt, this book has a distinctiveness based on its refusal to sit easily within either secular philosophical or theological approaches. December 2012 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 198 pages 978-1-4094-4329-2 978-1-4094-4328-5 978-1-4094-4330-8 978-1-4094-7229-2 19.95 55.00
53
Spiritual and Visionary Communities

Out to Save the World
Edited by Timothy Miller, University of Kansas, USA
Spiritual and Visionary Communities provides a balanced introduction to a diverse range of communities worldwide. Focusing on communities which have had little previous academic or public attention, the authors explore a part of contemporary society that is rarely understood. Communities studied include: Israeli kibbutzim, Mandarom, the Twelve Tribes, The Farm and the Camphill movement. Written from a range of perspectives, this collection includes contributions from members of the groups, former members and academic observers, and as such will offer a unique and invaluable discussion of religious and spiritual communities in the U.S., Europe and beyond. February 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 192 pages 978-1-4094-3903-5 978-1-4094-3902-8 978-1-4094-3904-2 978-1-4724-0068-0 17.99 55.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730 E-mail: ashgate@bookpoint.co.uk Order online and receive a 10% discount www.ashgate.com/religion
Sociology, Social Policy and Work

Alzheimers Disease, Media Representations and the Politics of Euthanasia
Constructing Risk and Selling Death in an Ageing Society
Megan-Jane Johnstone, Deakin University, Australia
Drawing on extensive data this book explores the Alzheimerisation of the euthanasia debate, examining the shift in recent years in public attitudes towards the desirability and moral permissibility of euthanasia as an end-of-life solution for people living with the disease not just at its end stage, but also at earlier stages. With attention to media representations and public understandings of Alzheimers disease, this book sheds light on the processes contributing to these changes in public opinion, investigating the drivers of vexed political debate surrounding the issue and examining the manner in which both sides of the euthanasia debate mobilise support, portray their opponents and make use of media technologies to frame the terms of discourse. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-1-4094-5192-1 978-1-4094-5193-8 978-1-4724-0111-3 55.00
Boosting Competitiveness Through Decentralization

Subnational Comparison of Local Development in Mexico
Aylin Topal, Middle East Technical University, Turkey
Cities and Society
Dangerous Others, Insecure Societies

Fear and Social Division
Edited by Michalis Lianos, University of Rouen-Haute Normandie, France
Bringing together the latest research from scholars in the UK, Europe and Australia, Dangerous Others, Insecure Societies engages with diverse issues surrounding migration, authoritarianism and social exclusion to consider the implications of a culture of fear and exclusion for multicultural, globalised, networked societies. As such, it will appeal to sociologists, geographers, social anthropologists and political scientists concerned with questions of identity, citizenship, exclusion and belonging. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 166 pages 978-1-4094-4399-5 978-1-4094-4400-8 978-1-4094-7284-1 55.00
This book examines the relationship between global economic processes and decentralisation. It argues that through decentralisation policies, the imperatives of neoliberal rules of competitiveness have been diffused into local governments and economies, generating different local development models. Whether decentralisation produces democratic opening at the local level is contingent on how the local economy is integrated into global economic processes, and which social and economic groups are empowered, and disempowered, in that transition. September 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 166 pages 978-1-4094-2572-4 978-1-4094-2573-1 978-1-4094-8341-0 50.00
Children in the Online World

Risk, Regulation and Rights
Elisabeth Staksrud, University of Oslo, Norway
A theoretically informed, yet empirically grounded study of the relationship between core democratic values and the duty to protect young people in the media-sphere, Children in the Online World offers insights into the contemporary regulation of online risk for children (including teens), examining the questions of whether such regulation is legitimate and whether it does in fact result in the sacrifice of certain fundamental human rights. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 224 pages 978-1-4094-2550-2 978-1-4094-2551-9 978-1-4094-7277-3 60.00
David Hume
Edited by Knud Haakonssen, University of Sussex and University College London, UK and Boston University, USA and Richard Whatmore, University of Sussex, UK
International Library of Essays in the History of Social and Political Thought
Anti-Capital: Human, Social and Cultural

The Mesmerising Misnomers
Jacek Tittenbrun, University of Poznan, Poland
Offering an in-depth, critical analysis of the concepts of human and social capital, as well as their surrounding theories, Anti-Capital: Human, Social and Cultural proposes an alternative theoretical framework, whilst better explaining the realities that they mask in economic terms. A rigorous exploration of the most popular forms of capital in the contemporary social sciences, this book will be of interest to scholars and students of sociology, political and social theory, demography and economics. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 320 pages 978-1-4094-5255-3 978-1-4094-5256-0 978-1-4724-0695-8 65.00
This volume on Humes politics brings together essays that have been formative of the scholarly and more general debate about Humes political thought. The articles span a wide range of view-points such as: the possibilities of seeing in Hume both the conservative and the liberal; Humes sophisticated analysis of partypolitics and of commerce and politics; his ideas of the international order and his fundamental theory of justice in relation to law, property and government. April 2013 Hardback 540 pages 978-0-7546-2716-6 165.00
54
Criminal Resistance?
The Politics of Kidnapping of Oil Workers
Temitope Oriola, University of Massachusetts, USA
Interdisciplinary Research Series in Ethnic, Gender and Class Relations
Documents of Life Revisited

Narrative and Biographical Methodology for a 21st Century Critical Humanism
Edited by Liz Stanley, University of Edinburgh, UK and ESRC Professorial Research Fellow
The cultural and narrative turn has had a considerable impact upon research in the social sciences as well as in the arts and humanities, with Ken Plummers Documents of Life constituting a central text in the turn towards to narrative, biographical and qualitative methodologies, challenging and changing the nature of research in sociology and further afield. Bringing together the latest research on auto/biographical and narrative methods, Documents of Life Revisited offers a sympathetic yet critical engagement with Plummers work, exploring a range of different kinds of life documents and delineating a critical humanist methodology for researching and writing about these. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 224 pages 978-1-4094-4289-9 978-1-4094-4290-5 978-1-4724-0105-2 55.00
Key Title The Ashgate Research Companion to Moral Panics

Edited by Charles Krinsky, University of California, USA
The Ashgate Research Companion to Moral Panics offers a comprehensive assemblage of cutting-edge critical and theoretical perspectives on the concept of moral panic. All chapters represent original research by many of the most influential theorists and researchers now working in the area of moral panic, including Nachman Ben-Yehuda and Erich Goode, Joel Best, Chas Critcher, Mary DeYoung, Alan Hunt, Toby Miller, Willem Schinkel, Kenneth Thompson, Sheldon Ungar, and Grazyna Zajdow. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 500 pages 978-1-4094-0811-6 978-1-4094-0812-3 978-1-4094-7173-8 90.00
The use of violent repertoires of contention has not garnered sufficient attention in the social movement literature, despite the fact that that around the world, many similar groups are adopting violent tactics without necessarily eschewing non-violent techniques. Based on a multi-actor research, including interviews and focus group discussions with community members, military authorities, 42 ex-insurgents directly involved in illegal oil bunkering and kidnapping, and official email statements from Jomo Gbomo, the spokesperson of MEND, this book will be of interest to sociologists, political scientists and peace and security studies scholars. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 220 pages 978-1-4094-4991-1 978-1-4094-4992-8 978-1-4724-0195-3 55.00
ASHGATE

The Emotions and Cultural Analysis
Edited by Ana Marta Gonzlez, University of Navarra, Spain
This book explores the manner in which emotions shape not only prevailing conceptions of rationality, but also culture in general terms, making room for us to speak of an emotional culture specific to late-modern societies. Presenting case studies involving cultural artefacts, narratives found in fictional and non-fictional literature and television programs, speech patterns and self-talk, fashion, and social networking practices, The Emotions and Cultural Analysis sheds light on the relationship between emotion and culture and the ways in which emotion can be harnessed for the purposes of cultural analysis. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 188 pages 978-1-4094-5317-8 978-1-4094-5318-5 978-1-4094-7181-3 55.00
The Holocaust as Active Memory

The Past in the Present
Edited by Marie Louise Seeberg, Norwegian Social Research, Norway, Irene Levin, Oslo and Akershus University College, Norway and Claudia Lenz, European Wergeland Centre for Education on Human Intercultural Understanding, Human Rights and Democratic Citizenship, Norway
What are the catalysts that trigger a change from silence to discussion of the Holocaust? What happens when we talk its invisibility away? How are memories of the Holocaust reflected in different social environments? Who asks questions about memories of the Holocaust, and which answers do they find, at which point in time and from which past and present positions related to their societies and to the phenomenon in question? This book highlights the contexts in which such questions are asked. By introducing the concept of active memory, this book contributes to recent developments in memory studies, where memory is increasingly viewed not in isolation but as a dynamic and relational part of human lives. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-5108-2 978-1-4094-5109-9 978-1-4094-8487-5 55.00
Labour Markets and Identity on the Post-Industrial Assembly Line

Anthony Lloyd
This ground-breaking book offers one of the first real qualitative sociological investigations of a relatively new form of employment, to see what life is like on the postindustrial assembly line, whilst also taking a close look at the nature of class, identity and subjectivity in relation to young people coming of age in a world dramatically altered over the last three decades. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-5413-7 978-1-4094-5414-4 978-1-4724-0232-5 55.00
Key Title Living With Drugs

Seventh Edition Michael Gossop, Kings College London, UK
Now in its seventh edition, Living with Drugs continues to be a well-respected and indispensable reference tool. Gossop has updated this new edition to take account of new laws and practices that have come in to place since the previous edition, published in 2007. Written in an accessible style and providing a balanced perspective, the book is ideal for non-specialists in training, such as student nurses and social workers and for anyone with an interest in this complex, ever-present and emotive issue. March 2013 Paperback Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-1-4094-4348-3 978-1-4094-4349-0 978-1-4094-4350-6 978-1-4724-0007-9 20.00 65.00
Ethnomethodology at Play
Edited by Peter Tolmie, University of Nottingham, UK and Mark Rouncefield, Lancaster University, UK
Directions in Ethnomethodology and Conversation Analysis
Demonstrating the breadth of ethnomethodological analysis and showing how no topic is beyond ethnomethodologys fundamental respecification, Ethnomethodology at Play sets out for the serious reader and researcher the precise contribution of ethnomethodology to sociological studies of sport and leisure and ordinary domestic pastimes. As such this ground-breaking volume constitutes a significant contribution to both ethnomethodology and sociology in general, as well as to the sociology of sport and leisure, the sociology of domestic and daily life and cultural studies. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 364 pages 978-1-4094-3755-0 978-1-4094-3756-7 978-1-4094-7385-5 65.00
Inhabiting Borders, Routes Home

Youth, Gender, Asylum
Ala Sirriyeh, University of Bradford, UK
Studies in Migration and Diaspora
Through the concept of home the book draws together and reflects on interconnections between integration in areas such as education or housing and experiences of social networks. Examining experiences of the asylum process and the manner in which they are interwoven within a wider narrative of home both within and beyond, Inhabiting Borders, Routes Home will be of interest to social scientists working in the areas of migration, asylum, intersectionality and the life course. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 208 pages 978-1-4094-4495-4 978-1-4094-4496-1 978-1-4724-0261-5 55.00
Memories of Cities
Trips and Manifestoes
Jonathan Charley, University of Strathclyde, UK
Ashgate Studies in Architecture
55
Global Ageing in the Twenty-First Century

Challenges, Opportunities and Implications
Edited by Susan A. McDaniel, University of Lethbridge, Canada and Zachary Zimmer, University of California, USA
Given this variation in the context of global ageing as a backdrop, this edited book focuses on three overarching themes that are among the most critical to understand if societies are to age successfully in the twenty-first century and beyond: Healthy ageing and health care; the ageing workforce, retirement and the provision of pensions; shifting intergenerational relations. These three themes are cross-cut by other dimensions that are intertwined with the dynamic processes of ageing, such as immigration/ emigration, contrasting policy regimes and global and national economic forces. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 344 pages 978-1-4094-3270-8 978-1-4094-3271-5 978-1-4724-0005-5 65.00
Irregular Migrant Domestic Workers in Europe

Who Cares?
Edited by Anna Triandafyllidou, European University Institute, Italy, and The Hellenic Foundation for European and Foreign Policy, Greece
Research in Migration and Ethnic Relations Series
Memories of Cities is a collection of overlapping essays that explore different ways of writing about the political and economic history of the built environment. Employing a variety of narrative forms including memoirs, letters, and diary entries, the essays are united in their critique of capitalist architectural and urban development and are illustrated by original photographs that form a parallel and supporting narrative. The book investigates the dominant forces that underpin the capitalist nature of the built environment, whilst simultaneously highlighting some of the historic attempts to forge an alternative vision of how buildings and cities might be produced and experienced. April 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-1-4094-3137-4 978-1-4094-3138-1 978-1-4094-7297-1 50.00
Offering a comparative analysis of irregular migrants engaged in all kinds of domestic work, the authors explore questions relating to employment conditions, health issues and the family lives of migrants. The book examines the living and working conditions of irregular migrant domestic workers, their relations with employers, their access to basic rights such as sick leave, sick pay, and holiday pay, as well as access to health services. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 256 pages 978-1-4094-4202-8 978-1-4094-4203-5 978-1-4094-7392-3 60.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
www.ashgate.com/sociology

Modern Couples?
Continuity and Change in Heterosexual Relationships
Jenny van Hooff, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
Have heterosexual relationships become more intimate and equal over the past forty years? This book is essentially a qualitative empirical investigation of the changes and continuities posited within the debate, which evaluates existing work and details the findings of van Hooffs research into the relationships of two generations of heterosexual couples. It provides the reader with a grounded interpretation of the evidence, questioning to what extent lived reality has matched the rhetoric within contemporary relationships. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 176 pages 978-1-4094-3913-4 978-1-4094-3914-1 978-1-4094-8485-1 55.00
Queer Futures
Reconsidering Ethics, Activism, and the Political
Edited by Elahe Haschemi Yekani, University of Innsbruck, Austria, Eveline Kilian, HumboldtUniversitt zu Berlin, Germany and Beatrice Michaelis, Justus Liebig University Giessen, Germany
Queer Interventions
Rereading Jean-Franois Lyotard

Essays on His Later Works
Edited by Heidi Bickis and Rob Shields, both at the University of Alberta, Canada
By focusing on key concepts and themes from his later texts, such as affect, aesthetics, Andre Malraux, St Paul, nihilism, infancy, space and writing, Rereading JeanFranois Lyotard: Essays on His Later Works explores the impact and relevance of Lyotards largely undiscussed late philosophical works for contemporary theoretical debates. Each chapter within this book places Lyotard as a figure with much to offer current theoretical debates, reasserts Lyotard as an important thinker for developments in social thought, and draws out the many links between his philosophical work and broader social questions. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 240 pages 978-1-4094-3567-9 978-1-4094-3568-6 978-1-4724-0451-0 55.00
Presenting some of the latest research in queer theory, this book draws together diverse perspectives to shed light on possible queer futures when different affective, temporal, and local contexts are brought into play. As such, it will appeal to scholars of cultural, political, literary, and social theory, as well as those with interests in gender and sexuality, activism, and queer theory. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 254 pages 978-1-4094-3710-9 978-1-4094-3711-6 978-1-4094-7179-0 55.00
Moving in the Shadows

Violence in the Lives of Minority Women and Children
Edited by Yasmin Rehman, Liz Kelly, London Metropolitan University, UK and Hannana Siddiqui
Moving in the Shadows brings together for the first time in a single volume, an examination of violence against women and children within the diverse communities of the UK. Its strength lies in its gendered focus as well as its understanding of the need for an integrated approach to all forms of violence against women, whilst foregrounding the experiences of minority women, the communities they are part of, and the organisations which have advocated for their rights and given them voice. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 312 pages 978-1-4094-3317-0 978-1-4094-3318-7 978-1-4094-7280-3 55.00
Religion, Gender and Sexuality in Everyday Life

Edited by Peter Nyns, bo Akademi University, Finland and Andrew Kam-Tuck Yip, University of Nottingham, UK
Exploring the intersection between religion, gender and sexuality within the context of everyday life, this volume examines contested identities, experiences, bodies and desires on the individual and collective levels. With rich case studies from the UK, USA, Europe, and Asia, Religion, Gender and Sexuality in Everyday Life sheds light on the manner in which individuals appropriate, negotiate, transgress, invert and challenge the norms and models of various religions in relation to gender and sexuality, and vice versa. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 188 pages 978-1-4094-4583-8 978-1-4094-4584-5 978-1-4094-7180-6 45.00
Second-Generation Transnationalism and Roots Migration

Cross-Border Lives
Susanne Wessendorf, Max Planck Institute for the Study of Religious and Ethnic Diversity, Germany
Studies in Migration and Diaspora
56 56
Presenting rich empirical data gathered among secondgeneration Italians in Switzerland and southern Italy, and drawing on studies undertaken in other parts of Europe and the US, this book investigates why as adults, members of the second generation maintain diverging transnational relations, with some sharing their parents transnational ties and fostering social relations with co-ethnics, whilst others distance themselves from co-ethnics and rarely visit their country of origin. Yet others decide to relocate to their country of origin, a phenomenon the book conceptualises as roots migration. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 192 pages 978-1-4094-4015-4 978-1-4094-4016-1 978-1-4094-7281-0 55.00
Poverty Among Older People and Pensions Policy in the EU

Edited by Asghar Zaidi, European Centre for Social Welfare Policy and Research, Austria
Public Policy and Social Welfare
Religious and Sexual Identities

A Multi-faith Exploration of Young Adults
Andrew Kam-Tuck Yip, University of Nottingham, UK, and Sarah-Jane Page, Aston University, UK
Presenting qualitative and quantitative findings on the lived experiences of around seven hundred young adults from Christian, Muslim, Jewish, Hindu, Buddhist, Sikh and mixed-faith backgrounds, Religious and Sexual Identities provides an illuminating and nuanced analysis of young adults perceptions and negotiations of their religious, sexual, youth and gender identities. It demonstrates how these young adults creatively construct meanings and social connections as they navigate demanding but exciting spaces in which their multiple identities intersect. Accessible quantitative analyses are combined with rich interview and video diary narratives in this theoreticallyinformed exploration of religious and sexual identities in contemporary society. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 208 pages 978-1-4094-2637-0 978-1-4094-2638-7 978-1-4724-0187-8 55.00
Based on research work financed by the European Commission, this book offers a comprehensive picture of the present state of later-life poverty across the 25 member states of the European Union. The authors analyse the poverty risks older people currently face in these various countries, leading onto a discussion of the impact that possible pension reforms will have on the retirement incomes for future generations. February 2013 Paperback 224 pages 978-0-7546-7362-0 35.00
The Social Pathologies of Contemporary Civilization

Edited by Kieran Keohane, University College Cork, Ireland and Anders Petersen, Aalborg University, Denmark
Classical and Contemporary Social Theory
Public Policy and Media Organizations

David Berry, Southampton Solent University, UK and Caroline Kamau, University of London, UK
Public policy thinking and implementation is both a process of intellectual thought and rationale for governing. This book examines public policy and the influence news media organisations have in the production and implementation of public policy. Part I assesses the impact of political philosophy on public policy thinking and further discusses the meaning of public policy in social democratic systems, while Part II provides a psychological exploration of the processes which explain the connection between the media, the public and policy-makers. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 222 pages 978-1-4094-0275-6 978-1-4094-0276-3 978-1-4724-0434-3 55.00
Rejecting a reductive, biomedical and individualistic diagnosis of contemporary problems of health and wellbeing, this book contends that many such problems are to be understood in the light of radical changes in social structures and institutions, extending to deep crises in our civilisation as a whole. Rather than considering such conditions in isolation both from one another and from broader contexts this volume argues that health and well-being are not just located at the level of the individual body, the integral human person, or even collective social bodies; rather, they encompass the health of humanity as a whole and our relationship with Nature. February 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 214 pages 978-1-4094-4505-0 978-1-4094-4506-7 978-1-4094-7286-5 55.00

you can follow us on Twitter, find us on Facebook and read or comment on the Ashgate blog. twitter.com/AshgateSclgy facebook.com/ashgatepublishing blog.ashgate.com
ASHGATE

Taming Time, Timing Death
Social Technologies and Ritual
Edited by Dorthe Refslund Christensen, Aarhus University, Denmark and Rane Willerslev, University of Oslo, Norway
Presenting rich, interdisciplinary empirical studies of death rituals and practices across the globe, from the UK and Europe, South and East Asia, The Middle East, Australasia and Africa, Taming Time, Timing Death explores the manner in which social technologies and rituals have been and are implemented to avoid, delay or embrace death, or communicate with the dead, thus informing and manifesting humans understanding of time. It will therefore be of interest to scholars and students of anthropology, philosophy, sociology and social theory, human geography and religion. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 280 pages 978-1-4094-5068-9 978-1-4094-5069-6 978-1-4094-7288-9 65.00
Women in Political Theory

Jane M. Duran, University of California, USA
The first volume to explore comprehensively the intersection of feminism, politics and philosophy, Women in Political Theory sheds light on the contributions of women philosophers and theorists to contemporary political thought. With close attention to the work of five central thinkers, including Sarah Grimk, Anna Julia Cooper, Jane Addams, Rosa Luxemburg and Hannah Arendt, this book not only offers sustained analyses of the thought of these leading figures, but also examines their relationship with established political theorists of the past, demonstrating that each of the figures covered was indeed a political theorist of her time. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 288 pages 978-1-4094-5408-3 978-1-4094-5409-0 978-1-4724-0318-6 60.00
SERIES
Interactionist Currents
Series Editors: Dennis Waskul, Minnesota State University, USA and Phillip Vannini, Royal Roads University, Canada
Interactionist Currents publishes contemporary interactionist works of exceptional quality to advance the state of symbolic interactionism. Rather than revisiting classical symbolic interactionist or pragmatist theory, however, this series extends the boundaries of interactionism by examining new empirical topics in subject areas that interactionists have not sufficiently examined; systematising, organising, and reflecting on the state of interactionist knowledge in subfields both central and novel within interactionist research; connecting interactionism with contemporary intellectual movements; and illustrating the contemporary relevance of interactionism in ways that are interesting, original, and enjoyable to read. Recognising an honored and widely appreciated theoretical tradition, reflecting on its limitations, and opening new opportunities for the articulation of related perspectives and research agendas, this series presents work from across the social sciences that makes explicit use of interactionist ideas and concepts, interactionist research, and interactionist theory both classical and contemporary.
A World of Excesses
Online Games and Excessive Playing
Faltin Karlsen, The Norwegian School of Information Technology, Norway
Addressing the contested question of whether addiction is possible in relation to computer games specifically online gaming A World of Excesses demonstrates that excessive playing does not necessarily have detrimental effects, and that there are important contextual elements that influence what consequences playing has for the players. Based on new empirical studies, including indepth interviews and virtual ethnography, and drawing on material from international game related sites, this book examines the reasons for which gaming can occupy such a central place in peoples lives, to the point of excess. July 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 160 pages 978-1-4094-2763-6 978-1-4094-2764-3 978-1-4724-0097-0 50.00
Tradition, Culture and Aesthetics in Contemporary Asian Cinema

Peter Pugsley, University of Adelaide, Australia
From the critically acclaimed Malaysian film Sepet to the on-going box-office successes of the films created by Hong Kong director Wong Kar Wai, cinematic texts from the nations of Asia are increasingly capturing audiences beyond their national boundaries. Tradition, Culture and Aesthetics in Contemporary Asian Cinema explores the rise of popular Asian cinema and provides an understanding of the aesthetic elements that mark these films as Asian cinema. Incorporating examples of contemporary films from China, Japan, Hong Kong, Korea, Singapore, Malaysia and India, Pugsley gives readers a fresh insight into the rapidly developing discourse on popular Asian media. May 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 170 pages 978-1-4094-5313-0 978-1-4094-5314-7 978-1-4724-0454-1 55.00
The Drama of Social Life

A Dramaturgical Handbook
Edited by Charles Edgley, University of Arkansas, USA
Whatever else they may be doing, human beings are also and always expressing themselves whenever they are in the awareness of others. As such, the metaphor of life as theater of people playing roles to audiences who review them and then coordinate further action - is an ancient idea that has been resurrected by social scientists as an organising simile for the analysis and understanding of social life. The Drama of Social Life examines this dramaturgical approach to social life, bringing together the latest original work from leading contemporary dramaturgical thinkers across the social sciences. July 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 320 pages 978-1-4094-5190-7 978-1-4094-5191-4 978-1-4724-0264-6 65.00
57
Youth Working with Girls and Women in Community Settings

A Feminist Perspective
Second Edition Janet Batsleer, Manchester Metropolitan University, UK
Addressing the significant shifts in the social, political and professional context for informal education, this book makes clear the continuities in community-based informal education with girls and argues for its continuing importance. The impact of neo-liberal approaches to empowerment is highlighted throughout. Drawing together historical, theoretical and practice-based work, including case studies from a range of projects, Batsleer offers an analysis of the significant issues that will affect practice in the future and the significance of feminist inspired informal education rooted in specific community contexts. January 2013 Paperback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 264 pages 978-1-4094-2579-3 978-1-4094-2580-9 978-1-4724-0004-8 40.00
War and Embodied Memory

Becoming Disabled in Sierra Leone
Maria Berghs, University of York, UK
This book describes how an amputee and war-wounded community was created after a decade long conflict (19912002) in Sierra Leone. Beginning with a general sociocultural and historical analysis of what is understood by impairment and disability, it also explains how disability was politically created both during the conflict and post-conflict, as violence became part of the everyday. Despite participating in the neoliberal rebuilding of the nation state, ex-combatants and the security of the nation were the governments main priorities, not amputee and war-wounded people. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 274 pages 978-1-4094-4210-3 978-1-4094-4211-0 978-1-4094-7282-7 60.00
The Politics of Sorrow

Families, Victims and the MicroOrganization of Youth Homicide
Daniel D. Martin, University of Minnesota-Duluth, USA
Drawing on years of research with grief support organisations and the families and friends of murdered children, this book examines the emotional experience of families in the aftermath of a homicide, offering a comparative analysis of White and African American families as they navigate the experience of homicide, shedding light on the ways in which the class location or ethnicity of mourners affects their experience. Analysing the manner in which police and other authorities differentially extend emotional support to bereaved families, notify them of a homicide or assign blame, The Politics of Sorrow reveals how disenfranchised grief comes to be an institutionalised outcome of their practice. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 192 pages 978-1-4094-4634-7 978-1-4094-4635-4 978-1-4724-0263-9 55.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
SERIES
Globalization, Crises, and Change
Series Editor: Berch Berberoglu, University of Nevada, USA
Volumes in the series will focus on three interrelated processes that are the product of the latest phase of global capitalist development at the end of the twentieth and the beginning of the twenty-first century: the nature and dynamics of neoliberal globalisation; the worldwide contradictions and crises of neoliberal globalisation; the responses to neoliberal globalisation with focus on social change and transformation including popular social movements based on grassroots peoples organisations, mass protests, and even armed struggle. Taken together, these provide a comprehensive analysis of the nature, contradictions, and transformation of globalisation through its inner logic that ultimately leads to the changes wrought by this process on a global scale. The significance of this series is that it provides the opportunity to examine this multifaceted phenomenon that has had (and continues to have) a major impact on society and societal development in our time.
SERIES
Beyond the Global Capitalist Crisis
The World Economy in Transition
Edited by Berch Berberoglu, University of Nevada, Reno, USA
Berberoglu brings together experts on the contemporary global capitalist political economy who are able to shed light on the inner workings of global capitalism and the capitalist globalisation process that has led to the growth and development of capitalism from the national to the global level. This book makes an important contribution to understanding the underlying causes of the current global economic crisis and show the way out of this crisis by way of a powerful critique of the global capitalist system. January 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 218 pages 978-1-4094-1239-7 978-1-4094-1240-3 978-1-4094-9498-0 55.00
Public Intellectuals and the Sociology of Knowledge

Series Editor: Andreas Hess, University College Dublin and Neil McLaughlin, McMaster University, Canada
Since Mannheim first outlined his program in the 1920s, the sociology of knowledge has undergone many changes. The field has become extremely differentiated and some of its best practitioners now sail under different flags and discuss their work under different headings. This new series charts the progress that has been made in recent times despite the different labels. Be it intellectual history Cambridge-style, the new sociology of ideas which is now gaining strength in North America, or the more European cultural analysis which is associated with the name of Bourdieu, this series aims at being inclusive while simultaneously striving for sociological insight and excellence. All too often modern attempts in the sociology of knowledge, broadly conceived, have only looked at form while they downplayed or disregarded content, substance of argument or meaning. This series will help to rectify this.
Imperialism and Capitalism in the Twenty-First Century

A System in Crisis
James Petras, SUNY, Binghamton, USA and Saint Marys University, Canada, Henry Veltmeyer, Saint Marys University, Canada and Universidad Autnoma de Zacatecas, Mexico, Ral Delgado Wise, Universidad Autnoma de Zacatecas, Mexico and Humberto Mrquez, Universidad Autnoma de Zacatecas, Mexico
We live in a time of dynamic, but generally regressive regime change a period in which major political transformations and a rollback of a half-century of legislation are accelerated under conditions of a prolonged and deepening economic crisis and a worldwide offensive against the citizenry and the working class. Written by two of the worlds leading left-wing thinkers, Capitalism and Imperialism in the Twenty-First Century takes the form of a number of analytical probes into some of the dynamics of capitalist development and imperialism in contemporary conditions of a system in crisis. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 250 pages 978-1-4094-6732-8 978-1-4094-6733-5 978-1-4094-6734-2
Beyond Neoliberalism
A World to Win
James Petras, SUNY, USA and Saint Marys University, Canada and Henry Veltmeyer, Saint Marys University, Canada and Universidad Autnoma de Zacatecas, Mexico
The Politics of Academic Autonomy in Latin America

Edited by Fernanda Beigel, Universidad Nacional de Cuyo, Argentina
Academic autonomy has been a dominant issue among Latin American social studies, given that the production of knowledge in the region has been mostly suspected for its lack of originality and the replication of Euro-American models. Politicisation within the higher education system and recurrent military interventions in universities have been considered the main structural causes for this heteronomy and, thus, the main obstacles for scientific achievements. This groundbreaking book analyses the struggle for academic autonomy taking into account the relevant differences between the itinerary of social and natural sciences, the connection of institutionalisation and prestige-building, professionalization and engagement. January 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 290 pages 978-1-4094-3186-2 978-1-4094-3187-9 978-1-4094-8434-9 65.00
58 58
This groundbreaking book by Petras and Veltmeyer addresses the issue of capitalisms propensity towards crisis. Through addressing these issues they lay out an analysis of the dynamics, contradictions, and crises of capitalism in the twenty-first century. January 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 310 pages 978-1-4094-2847-3 978-1-4094-2848-0 978-1-4094-9503-1 55.00
55.00
Radicalism in French Culture

A Sociology of French Theory in the 1960s
Niilo Kauppi, University of Strasbourg, France
November 2010 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 164 pages 978-1-4094-0783-6 978-1-4094-0784-3 978-1-4094-9270-2
50.00
Zygmunt Bauman
Why Good People do Bad Things
Shaun Best, University of Manchester, UK
In this ground-breaking book, Best analyses the intellectual knowledge production of Zygmunt Bauman and his rise to academic stardom in the English speaking world by evaluating the relation between his biography, the contexts in which he found himself and why his intellectual creativity is admired by so many people. June 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 170 pages 978-1-4094-3588-4 55.00 978-1-4094-3589-1 978-1-4724-0259-2
ASHGATE
SERIES
Solving Social Problems
Series Editor: Bonnie Berry
Solving Social Problems provides a forum for the description and measurement of social problems, with a keen focus on the concrete remedies proposed for their solution. The series takes an international perspective, exploring social problems in various parts of the world, with the central concern being always their possible remedy. As such, work is welcomed on subjects as diverse as environmental damage, terrorism, economic disparities and economic devastation, poverty, inequalities, domestic assaults and sexual abuse, health care, natural disasters, labour inequality, animal abuse, crime, and mental illness and its treatment. In addition to recommending solutions to social problems, the books in this series are theoretically sophisticated, exploring previous discussions of the issues in question, examining other attempts to resolve them, and adopting and discussing methodologies that are commonly used to measure social problems. Proposed solutions may be framed as changes in policy, practice, or more broadly, social change and social movement. Solutions may be reflective of ideology, but are always pragmatic and detailed, explaining the means by which the suggested solutions might be achieved.
Borderline Slavery
Mexico, United States, and the Human Trade
Edited by Susan Tiano, University of New Mexico, USA and Moira Murphy-Aguilar, University of Texas, USA with Brianne Bigej
Discussing the multinational networks, global economics, and personal motives that fuel a multibillion dollar trade in human beings as cheap labour, Borderline Slavery suggests future directions for effective policies and law enforcement strategies to prevent the advance of trafficking. As such, it will be of interest to both policy makers and scholars across the social sciences working in the fields of migration, exploitation and trafficking. October 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 298 pages 978-1-4094-3968-4 978-1-4094-3969-1 978-1-4094-8378-6 60.00
Prison Violence
Causes, Consequences and Solutions
Kristine Levan, Plymouth State University, USA
With a special emphasis on comparisons of violence among incarcerated populations in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom, Prison Violence explores the various systems that exist for combating the problem, whilst also considering public perceptions of offenders and punishment, as influenced by media and coverage of high-profile cases. Providing a comprehensive analysis of prison violence on national and international levels, this book examines the extent of the problem, theoretical understandings of the issue and concrete solutions designed to prevent and handle such violence. November 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 166 pages 978-1-4094-3390-3 978-1-4094-3391-0 978-1-4094-7177-6 35.00
Street Practice
Changing the Lens on Poverty and Public Assistance
Lori McNeil, Urban Justice Center, USA
Presenting recent studies of non-profit organisations involved in poverty relief services in New York City in comparison with programmes in existence across the US, Street Practice provides a front-line, ground-level perspective on innovative research practices designed to solve community problems. It explores the manner in which organisations bridge the gap between research and policy advocacy, with an account of the ways in which research contributes to alleviating or solving a community problem, as well as details on successes and failures of advocacy work, problems and limitations of their research, funding constraints and political resistance. December 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 190 pages 978-1-4094-2533-5 978-1-4094-2534-2 978-1-4094-7175-2 55.00
The Evidence Enigma

Correctional Boot Camps and Other Failures in Evidence-Based Policymaking
Tiffany Bergin, University of Cambridge, UK
This book explores the questions of why policy makers sometimes adopt policies that are not supported by evidence and how scholars and practitioners can encourage policymakers to listen to research. In exploring these questions, this book presents a fascinating case study of a policy that did not work, yet spread rapidly to almost every state in the United States: the policy of correctional boot camps. Examining the claims on which the implementation of the policy were based, including the assertions that such boot camps would reduce reoffending, save public money and ease overcrowding none of which proved to be universally accurate The Evidence Enigma also investigates the political, economic, cultural, and other factors which encouraged the spread of this policy. March 2013 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 200 pages 978-1-4094-4490-9 978-1-4094-4491-6 978-1-4724-0106-9 55.00
Social Problems and Inequality

Social Responsibility through Progressive Sociology
John C. Alessio, Minnesota State University, USA
With a central focus on the problem of inequality and the manner in which this is manifested in crime, social class and stratification, Social Problems and Inequality explores integrated and root-cause-based explanations of complex social problems. Written in clear and understandable language, allowing it to be used for classroom purposes, it addresses the most fundamental principles of how humans, acting through social units, create, and eventually can remedy, social problems. September 2011 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 302 pages 978-1-4094-1987-7 978-1-4094-1988-4 978-1-4094-9458-4
Teaching Justice
Solving Social Justice Problems through University Education
Kristi Holsinger, University of Missouri, USA
Examining a range of approaches to education, Teaching Justice considers the challenges that exist in teaching about justice, drawing on extensive empirical data gathered amongst college lecturers and professors, as well as the authors own experience. Presenting extensive international research and insightful analyses, Teaching Justice will appeal to teachers and researchers with interests in social problems, education and educational methods, and criminal justice, as well as community engagement and service learning outside the classroom. February 2012 Hardback ebook PDF ebook ePUB 164 pages 978-1-4094-2465-9 978-1-4094-2466-6 978-1-4094-9512-3 50.00
59
35.00
Tel: +44(0)1235 827730
SERIES
The International Library of Essays in Classical Sociology
Series Editors: David Chalcraft, University of Derby, UK and Alan Sica, Pennsylvania State University, USA
This reference series collects together the best recent studies of classical sociological authors and key texts from within the ever-widening canon. The volumes also include earlier articles and studies that have been unjustly overlooked, unavailable for a considerable time or have been recently translated. The selections reflect recent developments in sociological discourse deriving from feminist perspectives, linguistic and cultural turns, a renewed interest in the history of the discipline, and an appreciation of the biographical and cultural milieux of authors and interpreters of classical texts. Thus, each volume contains essential materials reflecting recent theoretical, substantive and methodological concerns together with articles and extracts that continue the traditions of scholarship and interpretation in classical sociology.
Charlotte Perkins Gilman

Patricia Lengermann, The George Washington University, USA and Gillian Niebrugge-Brantley, American University, USA
Charlotte Perkins Gilman is one of the most important women contributors to classical sociology, primarily because of the originality and significance of her theoretical work. The essays selected for this volume feature essays of interest to sociologists from across a spectrum of disciplines: economics, literature, womens studies, philosophy and history as well as sociology. The essays are arranged thematically with sections on: gender and society; economy and society; methodology; the public role of the sociologist; towards a sociology of women; and race, class and gender. August 2013 Hardback 528 pages 978-0-7546-7810-6 140.00
Emile Durkheim
Edited by Ivan Strenski, University of California, Riverside, USA
January 2010 Hardback 578 pages 978-0-7546-7563-1
Max Weber
Edited by Alan Sica, Pennsylvania State University, USA
Max Weber is a magisterial figure in the social sciences. His fundamental contributions to the methodological and conceptual apparatus of sociology remain of continuing relevance to contemporary debates, while his astonishing range and quality of work on topics ranging from the comparative sociology of religion to political sociology, and the sociology of law to the sociology of music, have established Weber as a permanent point of reference for modern scholarship. This volume, edited by one of the worlds leading Weber scholars, offers an unparalleled selection of key Weber scholarship organised thematically and spanning the range of his sociological influence. March 2013 Hardback 600 pages 978-0-7546-2770-8 180.00
160.00
Karl Marx
Edited by Bertell Ollman, New York University, USA and Kevin B. Anderson, University of California, USA
The best writings of the past hundred years on Marxs approach to analysing society and on his critique of capitalist society are brought together in this volume. The articles enable a better understanding of Marxs dialectical method and of the theories created with its help, and explain how to put his approach to use. August 2012 Hardback 684 pages 978-0-7546-7757-4 180.00
W.E.B. Du Bois
60
Edited by Reiland Rabaka, University of Colourado, USA
October 2010 Hardback 546 pages 978-0-7546-7808-3
Talcott Parsons
Edited by Victor Lidz, Drexel University College of Medicine, USA
July 2011 Hardback 668 pages 978-0-7546-7817-5
155.00
180.00
ASHGATE
Contacts and Customer Service

Offices & Distribution
Head Office
Ashgate Publishing Ltd Wey Court East, Union Road Farnham, Surrey, GU9 7PT United Kingdom Tel: +44 (0)1252 736600 Fax: +44 (0)1252 736736 E-mail: info@ashgatepublishing.com
Australasia & Asia
World Distribution
Ashgate-Gower Asia Pacific 1st Floor, Suite 34 14 Jubilee Avenue Warriewood, NSW 2102 Australia Tel: +61 (0)2 9999 2777 Fax: +61 (0)2 9999 3688 Email: info@ashgate.com.au
In addition to the agents listed opposite, Lund Humphries titles also have the following representation:
UK, France & The Netherlands
Bookpoint Limited, Ashgate Publishing Direct Sales, 130 Park Drive, Milton Park, Abingdon, Oxon, OX14 4SE United Kingdom Trade Sales UK Tel: +44 (0)1235 400580 Trade Sales UK Fax: +44 (0)1235 400500 Trade Sales Export Tel: +44 (0)1235 400573 Trade Sales Export Fax: +44 (0)1235 400530 E-mail: ashgate@bookpoint.co.uk
North & South America
Ashgate Publishing Company Suite 31, 110 Cherry Street, Burlington, VT 05401-3818 USA Tel: (+1)802 865-7641 Fax: (+1)802 865-7847 Email: info@ashgate.com
Jean-Marc Evans and Andrew Tarring Casemate UK Ltd 10 Hythe Bridge Street Oxford OX1 2EW Tel: +44 (0)1865 241249 Fax: +44 (0)1865 794449 Email: info@casematepublishing.co.uk
Scandinavia & Ireland
Representatives & Agents

Africa (Except South Africa and North Africa) Korea
IMA 14 York Rise London NW5 1ST Telephone: +44(0)20 7267 8054 Fax: +44 (0)20 7485 8462 Email: ima@moggach.demon.co.uk ICK (Information & Culture Korea) 473-19 Seokyo-dong Mapo-ku Seoul, 121-842 Korea Telephone: +82 2 3141 4791 Fax: +82 2 3141 7733 Email: cs.ick@ick.co.kr
Andrew Durnell, Durnell Marketing, 2 Linden Close, Tunbridge Wells, Kent, TN4 8HH, UK Tel: +44 (0)1892 544272 Fax: +44 (0)1892 511152 E-mail: orders@durnell.co.uk
Austria, Belgium, Germany, Greece, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands & Switzerland

Ted Dougherty, 72 Hadley Street, London, NW1 8TA, UK Tel: +44 (0)20 7482 2439 Fax: +44 (0)20 7267 9310 Email: ted.dougherty@blueyonder.co.uk
Central & Eastern Europe
Dr. Laszlo Horvath Tinodi Utca 31 H-1047 Budapest Hungary Tel: 00-36-1-3703614 Fax:00-36-1-3795842 Email: booksforeeurope@gmail.com
Malaysia (Recommended supplier)

YUHA Associates Sdn Bhd NO.17, Jalan Bola Jaring, 13/15 Seksyen 13, 40000 Shah Alam, Selangor Darul Ehsan Malaysia Telephone: 00-60-3- 5511 9799 Fax: 00-60-3- 5519 4677 E-mail: yuha_sb@tm.net.my
New Zealand
Liza Raybould, South Pacific Books, Unit 1, 50 Tarndale Grove, Albany, New Zealand Tel: +64 (0)9 448 1591 Fax: +64 (0)9 448 1592 Email: sales@soupacbooks.co.nz
India
Maya Publishers Pvt Ltd 4821, Parwana Bhawan (3rd Floor) 24 Ansari Road, Daryaganj, New Delhi - 110 002 Telephone: (+91) 11 64712521 Fax: (+91) 11 23243829 Email: surit@vsnl.com
South Africa
Middle East
Iran
Status Supply Co Ltd Vali Asr Sq, Nourbaksh St, Block No 4, 1st Floor Tehran, Iran Telephone: +98 (021) 88893952/53 Fax: +98 (021) 88913230 Email: harmobhasin@parsonline.com
Middle East Book Exports Ltd Polfages 11420 Villautou (Aude) France Telephone: + 33 (0) 4 6860 4890 Email: ray@pim-uk.com
Peter Hyde, Peter Hyde Associates (Pty) Ltd, P .O. Box 2856, Cape Town 8000, South Africa Tel: +27-21-447 5300 Fax: +27-21-447 1430 Email: peter@perterhyde.co.za
South & Central America
Pakistan
(Gower)
Kowkab Publishers P .O.Box 19575 511 Tehran, Iran Telephone: (+98) 21 2583723 Fax: (+98) 21 2583723 Email: kowkabpub@tavana.net
Book Bird Lower Ground, 36B Abdalians Society Nazria-e-Pakistan Ave Lahore, Pakistan Telephone: (+92) 4235956200 Fax: (+92) 42 6361370 Email: anwer.bookbird@gmail.com
David Williams, IMA, P .O.Box 8734, London, SE21 7ZF, UK Tel: +44 (0)20 7274 7113 Fax: +44 (0)20 7274 7103 Email: david@intermediaamericana.com
Spain & Portugal
Philippines
Japan
United Publishers Services Limited 1-32-5 Higashi-shinagawa Shinagawa-ku Tokyo 140-0002 Japan Telephone: 81-3-54797251 Fax: 81-3-54797307 Email: info@ups.co.jp
Delaney Global Publishers Services Inc B 10 L 2 Maryland Homes I Landayan San Pedro Laguna The Philippines Telephone: (+63) 2 869 73 24 Fax: (+63) 2 778 70 10 Email: dglopub@yahoo.com
Jenny Padovani, Padovani Books Ltd, Rambla Poblenou 11, Escalera A, 4, 2 08005 Barcelona, Spain Tel/Fax: +34 93 221 8561 Email: jenny@padovanibooks.com
Japan
Taiwan (Law titles only)
Unifacmanu Trading Co Ltd 4F., 91, Section 1 Ho-Ping East Road Taipei 10609 Taiwan. R.O.C. Telephone: (+886) 2 23914280 Fax: (+886) 2 23943103 Email: winjoin@ms12.hinet.net
Eureka Press 27-11 Goshonouchi-choNakagyo-ku Matsugasaki Sakyo-ku Kyoto 606-0944 Japan Tel: +81 75 255 4892 Fax: +81 75 253 6248 Email: eureka@blue.ocn.ne.jp Customers in regions not mentioned here should contact the World Distribution office.
Ashgate Publishing Ltd, Wey Court East, Union Road, Farnham, Surrey, GU9 7PT, UK Tel: +44 (0)1252 736600 Fax: +44 (0)1252 736736 E-mail: info@ashgatepublishing.com Online: www.ashgate.com New Titles January June 2013 A13HDB

New Titles 2013

Încărcat de

Informații document

Drepturi de autor

Formate disponibile

Partajați acest document

Partajați sau inserați document

Opțiuni de partajare

Vi se pare util acest document?

Este necorespunzător acest conținut?

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

New Titles 2013

Încărcat de

Drepturi de autor:

Formate disponibile

New Titles January June 2013

Ashgate | Gower | Lund Humphries

About this Catalogue

Electronic Data Supply

New Titles Contents

January June 2013

This catalogue includes New Titles for January June 2013

Buy the 10-volume set and save money!

Earth, Brick and Terracotta

Titles already published:

Architecture and Urban Form in Kuala Lumpur

Contested Spaces: Abortion Clinics, Womens Shelters and Hospitals

The Production of Hospice Space

New Titles January June 2013

Architecture as a Performing Art

The Collaborators: Interactions in the Architectural Design Process

The Architectures of Childhood

Le Corbusiers Venice Hospital Project

Tel: +44(0)1235 827730

Order online and receive a 10% discount

Art History and Fine Art

Elisabeth Frink Catalogue Raisonn of Sculpture 194793

www.lundhumphries.com/isbn/9781848221277 Published in association with The Israel Museum, Jerusalem

Visual Arts and the Law

The Art of Jeremy Gardiner

www.lundhumphries.com/isbn/9781848220867 Published in association with Sothebys Institute of Art

The Bay Area School

www.lundhumphries.com/isbn/9781848221239 Published in association with Thomas Williams Fine Art

New Titles January June 2013

Art History and Fine Art

Darwin and Theories of Aesthetics and Cultural History

Icons in Time, Persons in Eternity

Byzantine Art and Renaissance Europe

Found Sculpture and Photography from Surrealism to Contemporary Art

Contemporary Art About Architecture

Gilbert Stuart and the Impact of Manic Depression

Mikhail Larionov and the Cultural Politics of Late Imperial Russia

Tel: +44(0)1235 827730

Order online and receive a 10% discount

Art History and Fine Art

Reframing Albrecht Drer

Suffering and Sentiment in Romantic Military Art

Key Title Paolo de Matteis

Scale in Contemporary Sculpture

The Visual Culture of Baptism in the Middle Ages

Patricia Johanson and the Re-Invention of Public Environmental Art, 19582010

Scotland, CEMA and the Arts Council, 19191967

New Titles January June 2013

Business, Management and Training

Advanced Database Marketing

Branding and Product Design

Women, Manuscripts and Identity in Northern Europe, 13501550

Bribery and Corruption

American Pragmatism and Organisation

Wonderful Things: Byzantium through its Art

Ancient Wisdom for Modern Management

Changing Organisations from Within

Tel: +44(0)1235 827730

Order online and receive a 10% discount

Business, Management and Training

Energy Management in Business

Corporate Risk and Governance

Equality, Diversity and Opportunity Management

Cyber Security Culture